Document:

Manufacturing Supply Agreement

 EXHIBIT 10.37 
 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
 MANUFACTURING SUPPLY AGREEMENT 
 BETWEEN 
 ANDREW CORPORATION

 AND 
 ANDREW
TELECOMMUNICATION PRODUCTS S.R.L. 
 AND 
 ELCOTEQ NETWORK S.A. 
  
 * CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT: The registrant has submitted a confidential treatment request for portions of this document. The redacted portions, which are indicated by an “[*]”, have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

 Table of Contents 
  

					
	ARTICLE 1	    	DEFINITIONS	    	1
	ARTICLE 2	    	EFFECTIVE PERIOD OF AGREEMENT	    	1
	ARTICLE 3	    	BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP/NON-COMPETITION	    	2
	ARTICLE 4	    	PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIALLY PURCHASED ITEMS	    	3
	ARTICLE 5	    	SERVICES	    	3
	ARTICLE 6	    	PURCHASE COMMITMENT	    	4
	ARTICLE 7	    	SUPPLIER COMPENSATION	    	4
	ARTICLE 8	    	PAYMENT TERMS	    	7
	ARTICLE 9	    	TRANSFER OF TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS/DELIVERY TERMS	    	8
	ARTICLE 10	    	PURCHASE ORDERS	    	8
	ARTICLE 11	    	DELIVERY/LATE DELIVERY	    	9
	ARTICLE 12	    	PERFORMANCE METRICS AND PERFORMANCE METRICS DEFAULT RESOLUTION PROCESS	    	11
	ARTICLE 13	    	EXCESS AND OBSOLETE MATERIAL AND FINISHED GOODS INVENTORY AND EXCESS BUFFER STOCK	    	11
	ARTICLE 14	    	MATERIAL PROCUREMENT BY SUPPLIER	    	15
	ARTICLE 15	    	PURCHASE OF GOODS AND SERVICES BY SUPPLIER UTILIZING COMPANY’S PRICING OR TERMS	    	16
	ARTICLE 16	    	PRODUCT FORECASTING AND CAPACITY PLANNING	    	17
	ARTICLE 17	    	EMERGENCY BACKUP MANUFACTURING PLAN	    	18
	ARTICLE 18	    	NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTION AND TARGET COSTING	    	19
	ARTICLE 19	    	ELECTRONIC COMMERCE	    	19
	ARTICLE 20	    	SHIPPING	    	21
	ARTICLE 22	    	TRANSFER OF MANUFACTURE	    	21
	ARTICLE 22	    	QUALITY	    	22
	ARTICLE 23	    	WARRANTY	    	28
	ARTICLE 24	    	REPAIRS NOT COVERED UNDER SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY	    	30
	ARTICLE 25	    	SCRAP PROCEDURES	    	30
	ARTICLE 26	    	QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROCESS	    	31
	ARTICLE 27	    	NOTICES	    	32
	ARTICLE 28	    	DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS/ARBITRATION	    	33
	ARTICLE 29	    	ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING	    	33
	ARTICLE 30	    	ATTENDANCE AT SUPPLIER’S FACILITY	    	35
	ARTICLE 31	    	AUDIT	    	35
	ARTICLE 32	    	BANKRUPTCY AND TERMINATION FOR FINANCIAL INSECURITY	    	36
	ARTICLE 33	    	CHOICE OF LAW	    	36
	ARTICLE 34	    	CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION	    	36
	ARTICLE 35	    	DEFAULT	    	37
	ARTICLE 36	    	DEVELOPED INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS	    	38
	ARTICLE 37	    	DOCUMENTATION NEEDED FOR PREFERENTIAL DUTY TREATMENT	    	39
	ARTICLE 38	    	DUTY DRAWBACK	    	39
	ARTICLE 39	    	ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS	    	39
	ARTICLE 40	    	ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES	    	39
	ARTICLE 41	    	EXPORT CONTROL	    	41
	ARTICLE 42	    	FORCE MAJEURE	    	42
	ARTICLE 43	    	IDENTIFICATION/PUBLICITY OF TERMS	    	42
	ARTICLE 44	    	INDEMNITY	    	42
	ARTICLE 45	    	INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY	    	43
	ARTICLE 46	    	INSURANCE	    	43
	ARTICLE 47	    	INVOICING	    	44
	ARTICLE 48	    	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY	    	45
	ARTICLE 49	    	MANUFACTURING RIGHTS/DISPOSITION OF UNIQUE EQUIPMENT	    	45

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

					
	ARTICLE 50	    	MARKING	    	46
	ARTICLE 51	    	OFFSET CREDITS	    	46
	ARTICLE 52	    	OFFSETTING OF INVOICES	    	47
	ARTICLE 53	    	ORDERING COMPANIES AND SUPPLIER ENTITIES	    	47
	ARTICLE 54	    	COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS	    	47
	ARTICLE 55	    	PACKING, LABELING AND SERIALIZATION	    	48
	ARTICLE 56	    	PROCESS CERTIFICATION	    	48
	ARTICLE 57	    	PRODUCT CONFORMANCE	    	48
	ARTICLE 58	    	PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION	    	49
	ARTICLE 59	    	PRODUCT/SPECIFICATION/PROCESS CHANGES	    	49
	ARTICLE 60	    	REGISTRATION AND REGISTRATION STANDARDS	    	50
	ARTICLE 61	    	RELEASES VOID	    	51
	ARTICLE 62	    	RULES OF CONSTRUCTION REGARDING TIME	    	51
	ARTICLE 63	    	SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS/SEVERABILITY	    	51
	ARTICLE 64	    	TAXES, DUTIES AND INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS	    	51
	ARTICLE 65	    	TEST SCOPE	    	52
	ARTICLE 66	    	TITLE TO MATERIAL AND SPECIAL TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT CONSIGNED BY COMPANY	    	53
	ARTICLE 67	    	WAIVER AND AMENDMENT	    	54
	ARTICLE 68	    	ENTIRE AGREEMENT/MODIFICATIONS/COUNTERPARTS	    	55

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 
 The following attachments are hereby made part of this Agreement: 
 ATTACHMENT A - DEFINITIONS

 ATTACHMENT B – PRODUCTS 
 ATTACHMENTS C 
 ATTACHMENT C1 – PURCHASE COMMITMENT FOR EUROPE 
 ATTACHMENT C2 – PURCHASE COMMITMENT FOR NORTH AMERICA 
 ATTACHMENT D – MANUFACTURER PER UNIT PRICING FORMULA 
 ATTACHMENT E – PERFORMANCE METRICS

 ATTACHMENT F – COST SAVINGS SUBMITTAL FORM 
 ATTACHMENTS G 
 ATTACHMENT G1 – MANUFACTURER PER UNIT PRICING FORMULA RATES AND

 SERVICES FEES FOR EUROPE 
 ATTACHMENT G2 – MANUFACTURER PER UNIT PRICING FORMULA RATES AND 
 SERVICES FEES FOR NORTH AMERICA 
 ATTACHMENT H – EXAMPLE PRODUCT PLAN 
 ATTACHMENT I – FLEXIBLE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS 
 ATTACHMENT J – RETURN AND REPAIR SERVICES 
 ATTACHMENT K – MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION LETTER 
 ATTACHMENT L – INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 
 ATTACHMENT M – NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTION (NPI)
PROCESS 
 ATTACHMENT N – ORDERING COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 
 ATTACHMENT O – CATEGORIZATION OF MATERIAL 
 ATTACHMENT P – MINIMUM CANCELLATION PROVISIONS 
 ATTACHMENT Q – INITIAL OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE MEMBERS

 ATTACHMENT R – RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 THIS MANUFACTURING SUPPLY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into this 14th day of
September, 2006, (the “Effective Date”) by Andrew Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having a principal place of business at 3 Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 900, Westchester, IL 60154, United States of America
(“Company”), Andrew Telecommunication Products s.r.l., an Italian corporation, having a principal place of business at Via Archimede, Agrate, Brianza 20041, Italy, and Elcoteq Network S.A., a Luxemburg corporation having
a principal place of business at 69A, Boulevard de la Petrusse, L-2320 Luxemburg (“Supplier”) (collectively, the “Parties” and each a “Party”). 
 WHEREAS, Company and its Ordering Companies desire to purchase directly from Supplier and its Affiliates on an as-ordered basis the Products, Commercially Purchased Items, and Services, each as defined below;

 AND WHEREAS, Supplier desires to sell to Company such Products, Commercially Purchased Items, and Services ordered from time to time by Company in
accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in exchange for mutually beneficial consideration, the sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, Company and Supplier agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 
  

	1.1	All defined terms are as set forth in Attachment A to this Agreement or as stated in the Articles and Attachments of this Agreement. 

 ARTICLE 2 – EFFECTIVE PERIOD OF AGREEMENT 
  

	2.1	The effective period of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, continue in effect for a period of three
(3) years (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed for successive periods of twelve (12) months each (each a “Renewal Term”) on the same applicable terms and
conditions, unless either Party elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article 2.2 by delivering to the other Party a written termination notice not less than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or
Renewal Term, as the case may be. Further, either Party shall have the right to terminate any Renewal Term, without cause, by delivering to the other Party a prior written termination notice of not less than ninety (90) days. The Initial Term,
as it may be extended in accordance with this Article 2.1, is hereinafter referred to as the “Term”. 

  

	2.2	If a termination notice is delivered pursuant to Article 2.1, the Parties shall co-operate fully with each other to effect the transfer of the manufacturing of the Products from
Supplier to Company, or a third party designated by Company, in order to help minimize any potential disruption of continuity of supply of Products and to minimize transfer costs and risks. Supplier shall provide all commercially reasonable
termination assistance (“Termination Assistance”) requested by Company to allow for the orderly transfer of the manufacturing of the Products from Supplier to Company or such third party, as the case may be. In the event that such
Termination Assistance is required beyond the termination date pursuant to Article 2.1, the parties shall, acting reasonably and in good faith, continue to provide such Termination Assistance and extend the Term of this Agreement on such appropriate
terms as the parties may agree for one or more thirty (30) day periods, until such time as the Termination Assistance is no longer needed by Company. 

  

	2.3	 In the event that Company decides to transition a Product or Product line from Supplier to a third party during the Term of this Agreement, provided that Company
continues to meet its Purchase Commitment to Supplier in accordance with Article 6, Supplier shall co-operate fully and in good faith with Company to effect such transition of the manufacturing of such Product or such Product line from Supplier to
Company, or a third party designated by Company, in order to help minimize any potential disruption of continuity of supply of Product. Supplier shall, acting in good faith, provide all commercially reasonable transition assistance requested by
Company to allow for the 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

	 	 
orderly transfer of the manufacturing of such Product from Supplier to Company or such third party, as the case may be. 

  

	2.4	Any termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not affect either Party’s outstanding obligations or payments due hereunder or under accepted Orders prior to such
termination or expiration, nor shall it prejudice any other remedies that the Parties may have under this Agreement for events, actions or occurrences prior to such date. In any event, Supplier will accept Orders during the Term for delivery up to
six (6) months, or the standard lead-time for delivery of the ordered Products, whichever is longer, after termination or expiration of this Agreement. 

 ARTICLE 3 – BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP/NON-COMPETITION 
  

	3.1	Company and Supplier acknowledge that a strategic relationship is required in order to ensure the ongoing continuity of supply of Products and services to Company’s customers.
To that end, the Parties agree to establish an Oversight Committee that will meet quarterly, coinciding with the Quarterly Performance Review Process, as described in Article 25, and at such other times as may be required by this Agreement or
mutually agreed by the Parties. 

  

	3.2	The Oversight Committee shall be established within thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement. The initial members of the Oversight Committee are identified in Attachment
Q. The Parties shall mutually agree, from time to time, on the number of persons from each Party that will comprise the committee. The Parties shall have equal representation on the committee. Meetings shall be held in person, by telephone or such
other method as the committee shall reasonably determine. A Party may change a person designated to represent it by giving written notice thereof in the manner provided in Article 26. 

  

	3.3	Each Party expressly acknowledges that, unless it has received the other Party’s express authorization to do so, it has no right under this Agreement to divulge to any other
third party information shared amongst the Parties at meetings of the Oversight Committee or the agreements or results of any discussions occurring at such meetings. 

  

	3.4	It is the intention of the Parties that the relationship of Supplier to Company shall be that of an independent third-party supplier. Neither Party intends to create a partnership,
joint venture or similar type of legal entity or any entity of any kind, implied or direct. 

  

	3.5	It is the intention of the Parties to work closely together to manufacture the lowest cost products with the best quality and delivery performance in order to capture market demand
and grow our business together. If the terms of this Agreement impede Company’s ability to win new business with its customers for product Supplier would manufacture, the Parties mutually agree to renegotiate the applicable terms in good faith.

  

	3.6	During the Term, Supplier shall not, directly or indirectly, design, manufacture or market (1) any Supplier-branded products competitive with products marketed by Andrew
Corporation or any of its Affiliates, or (2) any products that are competitive with the Products furnished hereunder; provided, however, nothing herein is intended to bar Supplier from: 

  

	 	(i)	manufacturing and selling such competitive products to third parties (who are not Affiliates of Supplier) pursuant to such third parties’ designs, even though such third
parties may be in competition with Andrew; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 establishing a design capability, independent of Supplier’s manufacturing function used to produce Products for sale to Company hereunder and, subject to
Article 34, designing such competitive products for third parties who will own such designs and who are not Affiliates of Supplier, provided that Supplier, to the extent Supplier is not barred from doing so, gives Company the first right of refusal
to produce such design. If Company 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

	 	 
rejects the offer to create such design and Supplier creates such design, Supplier shall also have the right to manufacture for and sell to the third party a
product to such design pursuant to Sub-article 3.6(i) above. 

 ARTICLE 4 – PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIALLY PURCHASED ITEMS

  

	4.1	This Agreement is intended to provide the terms and conditions upon which Company shall obtain Products and their Successor Products, Commercially Purchased Items and Services for
its own use or for resale to its Affiliates and to its and/or their customers. 

  

	4.2	The term “Product” or “Products” includes the various printed circuit board assemblies, sub-systems, orderable item kits, and full systems described in
Attachment B, and any additional products (including New Products) that the Parties may in the future agree that Supplier shall manufacture for Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For certainty, the term
“Products” shall include all Successor Products to the foregoing products. 

  

	4.3	In addition to providing Company with Products pursuant to this Agreement, Company may also ask Supplier to provide commercially purchased items (“Commercially Purchased
Items”). Commercially Purchased Items include but shall not be limited to various types of components, raw materials, cables, and cable assemblies for which Supplier adds no customization but purchases such Commercially Purchased Items solely
for resale to Company. 

  

	4.4	Products shall be manufactured in accordance with the Specifications identified and incorporated into the applicable Orders and with all applicable Laws. 

 

	4.5	In no event shall Supplier sell, license or otherwise transfer to any party other than Company or an Ordering Company any Products (including, for certainty, Successor Products and
New Products), the design of which is proprietary to Company and which have been or are being manufactured for Company or an Ordering Company under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Company. 

 ARTICLE 5 – SERVICES 
  

	5.1	The term “Service” or “Services” includes but shall not be limited to development, design, engineering, out-of-Warranty repair, prototyping, distribution, other
activities identified as a Service in this Agreement as well as other services as Company may request and Supplier may provide from time to time that may be described in more detail in various statements of work or Orders. 

 

	5.2	Except as may be set out expressly in this Agreement, as part of its production and delivery of Products and Commercially Purchased Items pursuant to this Agreement, Supplier shall
perform, at no charge to Company, all support, services and activities typically performed at no additional charge by a contract manufacturer in connection with such production and delivery, including, but not limited to: supply chain management of
the purchase and storage of Material; warranty administration (including applicable repair or replacement when Supplier has warranty liability); BOM, Material and inventory analyses; supplier issues escalation; supplier quality assessment and
management, including but not limited to on-site commercial and quality audits; component qualifications; receiving Material inspection; and dedicated supply chain planners and product engineers to support Company’s development teams, and
information technology support. For those Services that are provided as a billable service pursuant to this Agreement, Supplier shall perform such Services in accordance with the fees shown in the applicable Attachment G, if any, or, if no such fees
exist, at a price mutually agreed pursuant to Article 7.7 If the Parties cannot agree whether a particular activity is support hereunder for which Supplier shall not make any charge, or a billable Service, the matter shall be submitted to the
Oversight Committee for resolution. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 4        

  

	5.3	In the event that Company provides personnel or other resources to assist Supplier in Supplier’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement, Company shall be entitled
to compensation for such assistance; provided, however, Company shall not provide any such assistance for which it will seek such compensation without prior approval of Supplier. Any fees to be paid by Supplier to Company for such assistance shall
be negotiated by the Parties in good faith. When, pursuant to other agreements of the Parties, the manufacture of Products is being transferred to Supplier and thereafter sales of such Products will be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
it is the general understanding of the Parties that their respective Party’s efforts to effect such transfer shall be without cost to the other Party. Exceptions to such general understanding require mutual agreement of the Parties.

 ARTICLE 6 – PURCHASE COMMITMENT/NO EXCLUSIVITY 
  

	6.1	Company’s commitments to purchase from Supplier under this Agreement are set forth in Attachments C. It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement neither grants to
Supplier an exclusive right or privilege to sell to Company any or all Products, Commercially Purchased Items or Services of the type described in this Agreement that Company may require, nor requires the purchase of any Product, Commercially
Purchased Items, or Services from Supplier by Company, except as set forth in any applicable Attachment C. In addition, Company shall at its sole discretion, decide the extent to which Company will market, advertise, promote, support, or otherwise
assist in further offerings of the Product or Services. 

 ARTICLE 7 – SUPPLIER COMPENSATION 
  

	7.1      (a)	The price for a unit of Product (individually, a “Price” and collectively, the “Prices”) manufactured by Supplier and/or its Affiliates for Company under this
Agreement as of the date of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula set out in Attachment D and by using the applicable Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates set out in the applicable
Attachment G. Except as set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, Prices include inbound freight charges associated with the transport of Material to Supplier. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if filter bodies necessary for
the production of Products or Commercially Purchased Items are sourced from a vendor’s premises that is located in a different continent than Supplier’s premises where such Products are made or held for distribution, and if Company
authorizes transportation by air, the total cost of transport in such case, including the cost of the air transport, shall be deemed a Premium Expedited Service subject to payment by Company as set out in Article 7.3. For the avoidance of doubt,
there shall be credited against such costs the amount that has been included in the Price to account for normal transportation. 

  

	 	(b)	Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, ten (10) days prior to the end of each calendar quarter, the Parties will review the Price to be paid by Company for each Product in the
subsequent quarter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 6, the Parties may agree to re-price a Product during the course of a calendar quarter (any such re-pricing, an “In-Quarter Repricing”), provided that
Supplier’s costs of manufacturing the forecasted quantity of such Product in the remaining portion of the calendar quarter is anticipated to change by more than [*] or the then current monetary equivalent in the relevant currency.

  

	 	(c)	If Prices are revised at the end of a calendar quarter as provided in Article 7.1 (any such repricing, a “Quarterly Repricing”) or as a result of an In-Quarter Repricing,
such revised Prices shall be calculated in accordance with the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula set out in Attachment D and by using the applicable Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates, and shall be effective in the case of a Quarterly
Repricing from the first day of the calendar quarter, and in the case of an In-Quarter Repricing when the Parties mutually agree. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 5        

  

	7.2      (a)	If any Product is re-priced pursuant to Article 7.1 and the Price for such Product as a result of the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, is lower than
the Price for such Product prior to the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, Company shall pay to Supplier an inventory re-valuation charge equal to the difference between the Price for such Product prior to the Quarterly
Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, and the Price for such Product as a result of the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, multiplied by the total quantity of such Product owned by Supplier immediately
prior to the time when such revised Prices take effect pursuant to Article 7.1(c). Invoices hereunder shall be directed to Company or such other party as Company may reasonably direct and paid in accordance with Article 8.

  

	 	(b)	If any Product is re-priced pursuant to Article 7.1 and the Price for such Product as a result of the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, is higher than
the Price for such Product prior to the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, Supplier shall credit Company’s account with an inventory re-valuation charge equal to the difference between the Price for such Product
prior to the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, and new Price for such Product as a result of the Quarterly Repricing, or the In-Quarter Repricing, as applicable, multiplied by the total quantity of such Product owned
by Supplier immediately prior to the time when such revised Prices take effect pursuant to Article 7.1(c). 

  

	7.3	Premium Expedited Services shall be invoiced at cost from Supplier to Company monthly on a per Product basis. Supplier agrees that no expenses associated with Premium Expedited
Services or Purchase Price Variance shall be incurred by Supplier without prior written approval from Company. Purchase Price Variance shall be invoiced based on the Price for the relevant Product calculated in accordance with Article 7.1.

  

	7.4	The Price for a Commercially Purchased Item shall be the price paid by Supplier to the vendor plus [*] of such amount. 

  

	7.5	Company may from time to time submit to Supplier requests for proposals to perform Services in accordance with Article 5.1. Such requests for proposals shall reference the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and include but not be limited to such information as statements of work, required milestones, deliverables, methods of compensation and the period of time in which Supplier will have to respond to Company’s request
for proposal. Where applicable fees for such Services do not already exist in any Attachment G, other provisions of this Agreement or other agreements of the Parties, and Company is not entitled to such Services free of charge as provided in this
Agreement or other agreement of the Parties, Company and Supplier shall negotiate appropriate fees in good faith and such fees will be reflected in an Order for such Services prior to the commencement of any work by Supplier.

  

	7.6	Company requires that all non-recurring engineering charges for which Company is required to compensate Supplier under this Agreement be itemized, and Supplier acknowledges that no
Profit shall be accrued for non-recurring engineering charges for hard tooling (such as stencils, fixtures, backing plates, etc.). Non-recurring engineering charges for such tooling shall be invoiced at Supplier’s actual cost for such tooling
and in accordance with Article 16.1. Supplier shall obtain Company’s written approval of any non-recurring engineering charges before Supplier incurs any expenditure in connection therewith. 

  

	7.7	 Company acknowledges and agrees that all information provided by Supplier to Company in connection with the determination of Product Prices, and marked or otherwise
identified to Company by Supplier as proprietary or confidential information and all information derived therefrom by Company (collectively, the “Pricing Information”) is highly sensitive to Supplier, constitutes Supplier Proprietary
Information and shall be deemed to be Confidential Information 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 6        

  

	 	 
pursuant to Article 34. Company shall use Pricing Information only for the purpose of establishing and verifying the Prices and Company shall share such
Pricing Information only with those employees within Company (or any Ordering Company) who have an expressed need to know such information in order to perform their job function within Company, and Company will instruct such individuals regarding
their obligation to maintain such Pricing Information as confidential. 

  

	7.8	Supplier agrees to provide, with Company’s assistance, annual cost reduction road maps, on a mutually agreed to basis, thirty (30) days prior to the start of
Company’s Fiscal Year (October 1). 

  

	7.9	All reductions in costs associated with the manufacture of Products that are achieved as a result of specific changes proposed by Company shall for all Products affected by
Company’s cost reduction efforts, accrue to Company immediately upon their implementation and after full recovery of Supplier’s implementation costs, if any, and shall, as the Parties may agree, be reflected either:

  

	 	(i)	in the Prices established for each Product for the following calendar quarter, in accordance with Article 7.1, or 

  

	 	(ii)	by means of an adjustment of the Prices during a calendar quarter, in accordance with Article 7.1. 

  

	7.10	Supplier will keep abreast of major developments in Supplier’s industry and implement them in its facilities used to manufacture the Products 

  

	7.11	Prior to implementing any cost improvements in labor hours, the prices paid for Material or supply chain or manufacturing processes that Supplier recommends, Supplier must advise
Company of the features and advantages of Supplier’s recommendation, using the formal written communication process outlined in Attachment F. (For the avoidance of doubt, any such cost improvement that is one that is the same or substantially
similar to one that Company, without input from Supplier, is aware of, has documented and has expended substantial effort in developing, even though it has not at that time yet been communicated to Suppler, shall be treated under Article 7.9.)
Supplier’s formal written communication will address: (a) description of Supplier’s cost reduction recommendation; (b) the feature or advantage of Supplier’s cost reduction recommendation; (c) financial impact of
Supplier’s cost reduction recommendation to the overall operation; (d) process flow and time line for Supplier’s cost reduction recommendation implementation; and (e) proposed sharing of the financial expense from Supplier’s
cost reduction recommendation implementation. Once Supplier and Company have agreed upon the recommended Supplier’s cost reduction, such cost reductions shall be implemented. 

  

	7.12    (i)	Supplier shall actively pursue continuous cost improvements through design, process and supply-chain innovation, as they relate to the scope of this Agreement, and improve upon the
performance of the activities to be conducted under the scope of this Agreement. It is agreed that any cost improvement recommendations made by Supplier, in written documentation as set forth in Attachment F, will be implemented upon joint review
and agreement by the Oversight Committee. It is expected that opportunities for cost and process improvement(s) may arise in many categories including, but not limited to: (a) Material costs; (b) design for manufacturing, test and
installation; (c) operations at Supplier’s locations where Product is being manufactured for Company; (d) information technology; (e) selecting, packaging, palletizing, marking and bar coding Products and/or Materials;
(f) utilization of personnel; (g) inventory management; (h) interval reductions; (i) Material availability; (j) warehousing processes; (k) Order fulfillment, (l) tuning time, and (m) board level testing.

  

	 	(ii)	Promptly after the initial transfer and production ramp up of the Products, Supplier will invest in the development of engineering cost reduction initiatives for the filter Products
listed in Attachment B. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 7        

  

	7.13	Any cost savings which are achieved by Supplier as a result of changes proposed by Supplier will be subject to this Article 7.13, and the calculation of such cost savings sharing
will commence in the quarter following the quarter in which Supplier’s implementation costs were fully recovered. Cost savings shall accrue to Company in the Prices established for the relevant Product in accordance with the following schedule:

  

	 	(i)	[*] of the cost savings will accrue to Company during the first two (2) full quarters after Supplier fully recovers any costs of implementation of the cost improvement; and

  

	 	(ii)	thereafter, [*] of the cost savings will accrue to Company. 

  

	7.14	The Parties acknowledge that the success of the relationship established by this Agreement is dependent upon the Parties working together to identify, and pursue in a mutually
beneficial manner, strategic initiatives that will result in Company increasing its amount of business under the contractual relationships it has with its existing customers and by entering into contracts with new customers for the sale of
Product(s) to such customers (each such event a “Potential Opportunity”). 

 In the event that Company is unable to
realize a Potential Opportunity solely because the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates generate a price for the Product(s) which would be too high to enable Company to succeed in realizing the Potential Opportunity, or which is materially
higher than the verifiable prices offered by other electronic manufacturing service providers (for equivalent levels of quality, caliber of services, delivery, performance and under terms and conditions equivalent to those in this Agreement), the
Parties may wish to deviate from the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates in order for Company to realize the Potential Opportunity and to use Supplier as the manufacturer of the Product(s) for this Potential Opportunity. 
 In such an event, Company shall notify Supplier of the details of the Potential Opportunity and shall provide Supplier, on a timely basis, with the
documentation and information required by Supplier to properly assess the ability of Company to realize such Potential Opportunity with Product Pricing based on the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates. 
 Upon Supplier being so notified, the Parties shall discuss the need for Supplier to deviate from the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates, so as
to allow Company to succeed in realizing the Potential Opportunity on terms and conditions satisfactory to, and for the mutual benefit of, the Parties. If Supplier is unwilling to so deviate from the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates in
such circumstance, Company shall have the right to award such business to an alternate third party electronics manufacturing service provider and any purchases made from such third party shall be credited against Company’s Purchase Commitment,
if any such commitment is made a part of this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 8 - PAYMENT TERMS 
  

	8.1	All payments by Company to Supplier under this Agreement shall be in the currency in which Prices are calculated herein or as specified in any other applicable agreement of the
Parties, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Order or other agreement of the Parties, and provided that the Parties have entered into a foreign exchange agreement on mutually agreeable terms. Subject to Article 8.2, payment terms shall be
net forty-five (45) days from the date of invoice from Supplier. 

  

	8.2	 On a quarterly basis, the payment terms experienced by Supplier with third party vendors providing Material used by Supplier in the production of Products pursuant
to this Agreement will be reviewed by the Parties. For convenience, the Parties shall use as a surrogate for such payment terms Supplier’s then derived average “days payable outstanding” applicable to 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 8        

  

	 	 
purchases from Material vendors. Thereafter, until the next such quarterly calculation, such surrogate shall be used as Company’s payment period in lieu
of the payment period set forth in Article 8.1. In no event however, shall such period be established at less than forty-five (45) days. 

  

	8.3	Supplier and Company agree that they will work diligently to implement EDI capabilities for invoicing. 

  

	8.4	Supplier shall not make any claim or take any other action against Company with respect to any invoice that is past due until it has first been submitted by Supplier to the
Oversight Committee for review. The Oversight Committee shall review all outstanding past due invoices submitted to it by Supplier by the fifth (5th) day of a month and confirm the amount of the outstanding invoices and/or resolve any dispute
concerning the amount of the invoices by the fifteenth (15th) day of such month. 

 ARTICLE 9 – TRANSFER OF TITLE AND RISK OF
LOSS/DELIVERY TERMS 
  

	9.1	Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties: (a) where an Orderable Item is required to be delivered by Supplier to Company’s or its customer’s integration, repair or
distribution center which is at the same location as the facility from which the relevant Orderable Item is to be shipped, title and risk of loss and damage to such Orderable Item shall transfer from Supplier to Company at such time as such
Orderable Item has been delivered by Supplier to the designated receiving area in the integration, repair or distribution center; (b) in all other cases, title and risk of loss and damage to Orderable Items shall transfer from Supplier to
Company at such time as the relevant Orderable Item has been delivered by Supplier, at the shipping dock at the facility at which the relevant Orderable item is shipped to Company or its customer or to Company’s or its customer’s specified
carrier, FCA (Incoterms 2000). 

  

	9.2	Orderable Items purchased under this Agreement that are to be delivered by Supplier to an integration, repair or distribution center, including, without limitation, such a center
operated by a customer of Company, where such center is at the same location as the facility from which the relevant items are to be shipped, shall be delivered by Supplier to such center, at no additional charge to Company.

 ARTICLE 10 - PURCHASE ORDERS 
  

	10.1	The Parties contemplate that Orders will be placed from time to time by Company and Ordering Companies, incorporating by reference the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The
pre-printed terms and conditions found, normally, on the reverse side of Orders shall be excluded and deemed deleted. Each Order may set forth the terms and conditions reflecting business requirements unique to a particular ordering location. In the
event of any contradiction between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of an Order, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall supersede and override the terms and conditions of such Order to the extent of
such contradiction. Orders will describe in detail the required Product, Commercially Purchased Item, and/or the Service to be provided by Supplier and may include, without limitation, the following types of items: statements of work, drawings,
plans, designs, procedures, Specifications (Product, quality, design and test), BOMs, methods of packaging, marking specifications, repair and return processes, quantities of units or other equipment to be furnished by Company’s ordering
location, if any, delivery schedules and inspection criteria. 

  

	10.2	 Supplier shall promptly notify Company of its receipt of an Order. If a notice of rejection of an Order is not received by Company from Supplier within two (2)
Business Days from the date of the receipt thereof by Supplier, such Order shall be deemed to have been accepted by Supplier. In no event shall Supplier reject an Order due to Company’s increase in Forecast or unforecasted Product demand. In
such an event, Supplier shall use reasonable commercial efforts to meet the delivery dates of such excess Product, but the failure by Supplier to meet the delivery date requested in such an event shall not be deemed (i) a breach by Supplier of
its obligation to meet 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 9        

  

	 	 
the delivery date requested or (ii) to affect any measure of Supplier’s performance related to the requested delivery hereunder; provided, however,
once the Parties agree upon a delivery date, delivery performance shall be measured in accordance with this Agreement. 

  

	10.3	Company may at any time during the course of Supplier’s manufacture of a Product, performance of a Service, and/or supply of a Commercially Purchased Item require additions to
or deductions or deviations from (each, an “Order Change”) the quantity of the Product, Commercially Purchased Item and/or Service ordered or forecasted for delivery on a specific date (the “Original Delivery Date”). In addition,
upon request by Company, Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to: (a) accept unplanned Orders, (b) accelerate delivery dates for existing Orders or Forecasts, or (c) accept increases in quantities of Orderable Items
subject to existing Orders or Forecasts, subject in each case to Company agreeing to meet any increased costs or premium charges incurred by Supplier as a result of meeting such requests. 

  

	10.4	Company may from time to time, by written order to Supplier, suspend Supplier’s performance of any Order, in whole or in part. In the case of suspension, Supplier will take all
reasonable steps to avoid any additional costs allocable to such Order, except that Supplier shall be entitled to complete any Product that Supplier has actually commenced manufacture of prior to receipt of Company’s order of suspension. If any
such suspension causes an increase or decrease in the cost of or time (including labor hours) required for performance, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Price or Delivery Schedule, or both, by mutual agreement. Claims for adjustment
under this clause must be made by Supplier in writing within thirty (30) days from the date of notice of suspension. Any such claim must be supported as soon as practicable by information and records necessary to permit Company to make an
equitable disposition thereof. Nothing in this clause shall excuse Supplier from continuing with its performance as changed or after Company’s rescission of such suspension, nor shall anything herein be deemed to bar Company its right under
this Agreement to cancel any such Order. 

  

	10.5	Company may at any time terminate an Order without cause for Services, in whole or in part, upon five (5) days’ written notice to Supplier. In such an event,
Company’s liability shall be limited to payment of the amount due for the Services performed (including materials needed for such Services that are already on order that cannot be cancelled) up to and including the date on which such Services
terminate (which amount shall be supported with proof satisfactory to Company), and no further Services pursuant to such terminated Order will be rendered by Supplier. Supplier shall use reasonable commercial efforts to terminate the provision of
such Services as soon as practicable pursuant to such notice of termination. Such payment by Company shall constitute a full and complete release and discharge of Company’s obligations in respect of such terminated Order for Services. In no
event shall Company’s liability exceed the price identified in the applicable Order for the Services being terminated. 

 ARTICLE 11
– DELIVERY/LATE DELIVERY 
  

	11.1	Promptly after the Effective Date, Supplier shall mutually agree with Company to implement flexible delivery arrangements set out in Attachment I (the “Flexible Delivery
Arrangements”). At Company’s request, Supplier will enter into other flexible delivery arrangements, such as, without limitation, a “Vendor Managed Inventory” program, as may be agreed by the Parties. Any such “Vendor
Managed Inventory” program agreed to by the Parties with respect to Products provided by Supplier to Company under this Agreement will be set out and incorporated in this Agreement as Attachment L. 

  

	11.2	 Supplier agrees that except for the liability as set forth in Article 13 or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and subject to the provisions of Article 10,
all Forecasts provided by Company in relation to a Flexible Delivery Arrangement are for planning purposes only and shall not be deemed a commitment by Company. Supplier shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to satisfy Company’s
requirements exceeding any upside flexible delivery or Forecast increase limits as may be agreed to as part of the Flexible Delivery Arrangements. Notwithstanding anything to 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 10        

  

	 	 
the contrary, any failure by Supplier to satisfy any such requirements of Company shall not be deemed to constitute a breach by Supplier of its obligations
under this Agreement, and shall not be deemed to affect any measure of Supplier’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. 

  

	11.3	For certain Products or Commercially Purchased Items ordered pursuant to this Agreement, Supplier and Company shall agree on a stated delivery interval or lead-time. For the
purposes of evaluating Supplier’s delivery performance against lead-time, it is understood by the Parties that lead-time is measured from the time the Order or Product or Commercially Purchased Item delivery request is received by Supplier in
writing or electronically from Company until the time the conforming Product or Commercially Purchased Item is delivered to Company pursuant to Article 8. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, Products or Commercially Purchased Items may be
delivered by Supplier to Company up to three (3) days early and zero (0) days late. 

  

	11.4	Company intends to monitor Supplier’s delivery performance in accordance with the Performance Metrics set forth in Attachment E. Failure by Supplier to meet such delivery
Performance Metrics shall be subject to any resolution and consequences provisions set forth in Attachment E. 

  

	11.5    (a)	In the event that due to causes attributable to Supplier, Supplier is unable to deliver a particular Product within the time frame agreed to between the Parties in this Agreement or
in an Order, Company shall have the right to: (i) cancel such Order (or the outstanding portion of any partially fulfilled Order) and purchase the relevant Product from a source other than Supplier or (ii) extend such delivery time frame
to a later date, subject, however, to the right to cancel as in clause (i) above if delivery is not made or performance is not completed on or before such extended delivery date. Company shall pay for any Product it retains at the prices set
forth in the Order issued pursuant to this Agreement and any other deductions as may be allowed in this Agreement. If Supplier is unable to meet the acknowledged delivery date(s) set forth in an Order, Supplier shall be responsible for paying all
reasonable incremental transportation costs necessary to deliver the requested Product to Company by the acknowledged delivery date(s) indicated in the Order. Any failure by Company to comply with its Purchase Commitment as a result of purchases of
Products from a source other than Supplier pursuant to clause (i) hereof shall be subject to the applicable Attachment C. 

  

	 	(b)	In the event that due to causes attributable to Supplier, Supplier is unable to perform a Service in the manner or within the time frame specified herein or in the relevant Order
for such Service, Company shall have the right to cancel such Service and procure the Service from a source other than Supplier. 

  

	11.6	Supplier agrees to immediately notify Company’s representative, as identified on the Order, and, if requested by Company, Company’s customer of any foreseeable condition
that would affect Supplier’s ability to meet the acknowledged delivery date and time and Company’s expected delivery date and time. Supplier’s compliance with the foregoing does not relieve Supplier of the delivery performance
requirements or other conditions set forth in this Article 11. 

  

	11.7	[*] 

  

	11.8	The Parties acknowledge that at the Effective Date Supplier will purchase from Andrew Telecommunication Products s.r.l. certain equipment that Supplier will use to manufacture
Products that Supplier will sell under the terms of this Agreement (the “Purchased Equipment”) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article 11, during the period of ninety (90) days following the Effective Date Supplier
shall not be responsible for delays in delivery of Products sold to Company that result solely from defects in such Purchased Equipment; provided, however, that such excuse of Supplier’s liability shall not apply: 

  

	 	(i)	With respect to defects in the Purchased Equipment that Supplier does not identify in a written notice and claim issued during the agreed inspection and return period applicable to
the Purchased Equipment; and 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 11        

  

	 	(ii)	With respect to defects in the Purchased Equipment occurring as a result of improper operation and/or maintenance of the Purchased Equipment by Supplier. 

ARTICLE 12 – PERFORMANCE METRICS AND PERFORMANCE METRICS DEFAULT RESOLUTION PROCESS 
  

	12.1	The performance metrics (“Performance Metrics”) shall be as set forth in Attachment E. Company intends to monitor such Performance Metrics on a quarterly basis or on a
more frequent basis as outlined in Attachment E. Supplier agrees to provide any relevant information that the Oversight Committee may require and in the time frames needed in order to support the Performance Metrics process. Supplier recognizes that
the measurable Performance Metrics as described in Attachment E represent Company’s current minimum performance requirements and agrees to the resolution process and consequences, as described in Article 12.2, of not meeting such defined
minimum requirements. The Performance Metrics may be revised periodically by the Parties’ agreement, with the objective of continuous performance improvement. 

  

	12.2	In the event Supplier’s performance levels fall below any of the minimum thresholds set forth in the Performance Metrics identified in Attachment E, other than for reasons
attributable to Company, Company may give notice to Supplier of performance default. After receipt of such notice, Supplier shall deliver to Company within ten (10) days a Corrective Action Plan to correct such default condition within twenty
(20) days of receipt of the Corrective Action Plan. In the event Supplier fails to deliver a Corrective Action Plan within the ten (10) day period, or if the Corrective Action Plan is determined to be unacceptable by Company, acting
reasonably, or if the Corrective Action Plan fails to cure the default for such Product or Commercially Purchased Item within the twenty (20) day period, this shall be deemed a default under Article 35, and in addition to its other remedies,
Company may purchase the Product from a source other than Supplier by invoking all of its rights under this Agreement. In the event of a dispute over Supplier’s failure to meet the minimum standards or Company’s failure to accept the
Corrective Action Plan, the Parties shall attempt to resolve such dispute through the process set forth in Article 28. 

  

	12.3	Any failure by Company to comply with its Purchase Commitments as a result of purchases of Products from a source other than Supplier as permitted under this Agreement shall be
subject to the applicable Attachment C. 

 ARTICLE 13 – EXCESS AND OBSOLETE MATERIAL, AND FINISHED GOODS INVENTORY, AND EXCESS
BUFFER STOCK 
  

	13.1	Material used in the production of Products under this Agreement shall be categorized as “Company Material” or “Supplier-Controlled Material” or
“Supplier-Controlled Custom Material”. “Company Material” is Material as to which Company typically controls the price and/or other terms upon which it is purchased from the vendor. “Supplier-Controlled Material” is
other Material used in the production of Products under this Agreement that can also be used by Supplier in the performance of manufacturing services for some or all of its other customers, as to which Supplier typically controls the price and/or
other terms upon which it is purchased from the vendor. “Supplier-Controlled Custom Material” is Supplier-Controlled Material that is unique to the manufacture of Products for Company and, consequently, cannot be used by Supplier in the
performance of Supplier’s services for its other customers. Commercially Purchased Items purchased by Supplier for sale under this Agreement shall be categorized as “Company Commercially Purchased Items” or “Supplier-Controlled
Commercially Purchased Items”. In general, a “Company Commercially Purchased Item” is a Commercially Purchased Item as to which Company controls the price and/or other terms upon which it is purchased from the vendor.
“Supplier-Controlled Commercially Purchased Items” comprise all other Commercially Purchased Items purchased by Supplier for sale under this Agreement 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 12        

  

	13.2    (a)	Attachment O sets out the Parties agreed categorizations of Material purchased for use in manufacturing Products listed on Attachment B and for Commercially Purchased Items, as of
the Effective Date. Any Material utilized in producing Products under this Agreement as of the Effective Date that is not listed on Attachment S shall be deemed to be Company Material. Categorizations occurring under the Article 13.2(a) are subject
to change as set forth in Article 13.2(b). 

  

	 	(b)	During the quarterly pricing meetings held pursuant to Article 7, the Parties will jointly determine how Material and Commercially Purchased Items should be categorized. Any
agreement of the Parties that would change a prior categorization shall be applied only on a going forward basis, unless the Parties otherwise expressly agree. In categorizing items, the Parties shall follow the procedures and principles set out in
Attachment R, unless they otherwise expressly agree. Any conflict between the terms set forth in this Article 13 and the terms in Attachment R shall be governed by the terms of this Article 13. 

  

	 	(c)	For each New Product and Successor Product, at least twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date on which the Product is designated to be “Generally Available” (GA) in
Company’s Forecast, the Parties shall categorize Material on the BOM for such New Product or Successor Product as Company Material or Supplier-Controlled Material or Supplier-Controlled Custom Material. 

  

	13.3	Subject in each case to Article 13.3(d): 

  

	 	(a)	If at any time the aggregate quantity of any Orderable Item that Supplier and its Affiliates own is greater than the sum of (i) the quantity of such Orderable Item ordered by
Company, Ordering Companies and Authorized Purchasers from Supplier and its Affiliates under this Agreement or otherwise in the preceding [*] and (ii) the quantity of such Orderable Item forecasted to be ordered by Company, Ordering Companies
and Authorized Purchasers in the subsequent [*] then such excess quantity of Orderable Items shall be deemed “Excess Inventory”. In the event of such a situation, Supplier shall provide Company with a notice, but no more frequently than
quarterly, outlining the amount and value of such Excess Inventory, and Company shall, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving such notice, issue an inventory purchase order to Supplier for such Excess Inventory, pursuant to paragraph
(f) below. Each such notice shall include a description of the manner in which Supplier calculated the amount of Excess Inventory and otherwise be in a form and contain the content satisfactory to Company. Supplier shall provide Company with a
notice on or about the tenth (10th) of the third month of each quarter setting out the amount and value of any Excess Inventory, as determined in accordance with this Article 13.3(a). The calculation described herein shall occur after a
calculation of Excess Buffer Stock, if any, pursuant to Article 13.4. 

  

	 	(b)	If at any time the aggregate quantity of any item of Company Material or Supplier-Controlled Custom Material that Supplier and/or its Affiliates owns is greater than the sum of
(i) the quantity of such item of such Material consumed by Supplier and its Affiliates in the manufacture of Products for Company and the Ordering Companies under this Agreement or otherwise in the preceding [*] and (ii) the quantity of
such Material reasonably forecasted by Supplier to be consumed by Supplier and its Affiliates in the manufacture of Products for Company and the Ordering Companies under this Agreement in the subsequent [*] on the basis of the Forecast, then such
excess quantity of Material shall be deemed “Excess Inventory”. The calculations and procedures set out herein shall be performed no more than quarterly. 

 Supplier shall provide Company with a notice on or about the tenth (10th) of the third month of each quarter setting out the amount and value of
any Excess Inventory, as determined in accordance with this Article 13.3(b) as of the date of the notice. Each such notice shall include a description of the manner in which Supplier calculated the amount 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 13        

  

 
of Excess Inventory and otherwise be in a form and contain the content satisfactory to Company. Within ten (10) days of the date on which Company
receives such notice from the Supplier (the “Notice Receipt Date”), Company shall issue to Supplier an inventory purchase order for such remaining Excess Inventory, pursuant to Sub-article 13.3 (e) below. 
  

	 	(c)	Company shall keep Supplier’s procurement organization apprised of any Material purchased by Company from Supplier under this Article 13 that is suitable for use in the
manufacture of Products and Supplier shall purchase such Material from Company, on an as-needed basis, prior to purchasing such Material from Material vendors. The purchase price of such Material shall be at the cost reflected in the then current
Product pricing set forth in Article 7. 

  

	 	(d)	Except where the action is justified by a default of this Agreement by Supplier, in the event of (i) a complete or partial termination, rescheduling or cancellation of an
Order, (ii) reduction in Forecast, (iii) the termination of all or any part of this Agreement, or (iv) any other event, including a change in Specifications or an engineering change, which results in any Company Material or
Supplier-Controlled Custom Material that Supplier has purchased or issued an uncancellable purchase order to the Material vendor for, no longer being required by Supplier to manufacture Products (or being otherwise unsuitable for use in the
manufacture of Products due to the passage of time) within the [*] such Material shall be considered “Obsolete Inventory”. The calculations and procedures set out herein shall be performed no more frequently than as set forth below.

 Supplier shall provide Company with a notice on or about the tenth (10th) of the third month of each quarter setting
out the amount and value of any Obsolete Inventory, as determined in accordance with Article this 13.3(d) as of the date of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Supplier shall have the right to issue such a notice at any time that
the amount of Obsolete Inventory Supplier holds exceeds [*]. Each such notice shall include a description of the manner in which Supplier calculated the amount of Obsolete Inventory and otherwise be in a form and contain the content satisfactory to
Company. Within ten (10) days of the date on which Company receives such notice from the Supplier (the “Notice Receipt Date”), Company shall issue to Supplier an inventory purchase order for such remaining Obsolete Inventory, pursuant
to Sub-article 13.3 (e) below. 
  

	 	(e)	Company will purchase the Excess Inventory and/or the Obsolete Inventory and or Excess Buffer Stock as required herein, as the case may be, pursuant to an inventory purchase order
at the following prices: [*]. Any Excess Inventory, Excess Buffer Stock and Obsolete Inventory, as the case may be, purchased by Company from Supplier pursuant to an inventory purchase order shall be deemed “Company Owned Inventory”. The
inventory purchase order shall include the costs of mitigation incurred by Supplier pursuant to Article 13.3(i), including under-recoveries resulting from the sale of Material at prices less than the price paid for such Material and costs relating
to re-stocking or return charges, but excluding labor costs incurred by Supplier. With respect to any Excess Inventory and/or Excess Buffer Stock purchased by Company pursuant to an inventory purchase order, Supplier shall, at Company’s option,
either store such Company Owned Inventory pursuant to terms to be mutually agreed, deliver it to Company or any third party designated by Company, or dispose of it in accordance with Article 25, at Company’s cost and direction.

  

	 	(f)	 Articles 13.3(a) and 13.3(b) above require, in each case, that Excess Inventory shall at any time be determined in part by reference to a quantity of inventory
consumed, forecasted, or ordered, as applicable, prior to such time. However, if such historical information is not available for any given Product or Commercially Purchased Item, then given that this historical information will not be determinable
until [*], from the date (the “Implementation Date”) that Supplier commences the manufacturing of such Product, 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 14        

  

	 	 
Excess Inventory shall at all times in such circumstances be determined by reference to the quantity of Material or Orderable Item, as applicable,
anticipated to be required by Supplier and its Affiliates in the [*] following the Implementation Date for such Product, based on the then current Forecasts. 

  

	 	(g)	Notwithstanding the persons designated in Article 27, all notices, inventory purchase orders and any other communication required to be made or delivered by either Party to the
other Party pursuant to this Article 13 shall be sent to representatives agreed to by the Parties. 

  

	 	(h)	Company shall have no liability for Material or Commercially Purchased Items: 

  

	 	(1)	Not ordered in accordance with Article 14.4; 

  

	 	(2)	That is Supplier-Controlled Material or a Supplier-Controlled Commercially Purchased Item; and 

  

	 	(3)	That would not have been delivered to Supplier had Supplier timely exercised rights of cancellation that are applicable to its order(s) for such Material. 

 

	 	(i)	Supplier shall in all circumstances take steps to mitigate Company’s liability for Excess Inventory and/or Obsolete Inventory, including but not limited to:

  

	 	(j)	Attempt to utilize Material for other Products manufactured for Company; 

  

	 	(ii)	Attempt to utilize Material for products manufactured for companies other than Company; 

  

	 	(iii)	Attempt to return Material to the Material vendor utilizing all applicable return and sell-back privileges; and 

  

	 	(iv)	Attempt to sell any of the Material to a third party to the extent authorized by Company. 

 Supplier shall provide Company with documentation regarding mitigation efforts. 
 No charges for storage shall be applicable during the period of mitigation. 
  

	13.4	The Parties agree that Supplier will seek to manage its production of each Product such that Supplier will always have on hand a stock of [*] needs of finished Products buffer stock
(“Buffer Stock”). For purposes hereof, Buffer Stock shall equal [*]. Company may, nonetheless and without having to issue an Order for the purchase of a Product, direct Supplier to build that Product in such numbers that will cause
Supplier’s inventory of such Product to exceed the Buffer Stock for such Product (“Excess Buffer Stock”). Supplier shall provide Company with a notice on or about the tenth (10th) of the third month of each quarter setting out the
amount and value of any Excess Buffer Stock, as determined in accordance with this Article 13.4 as of the date of the notice. Each such notice shall include a description of the manner in which Supplier calculated the amount of Excess Buffer Stock
and otherwise be in a form and contain the content satisfactory to Company. Within twenty one (21) days of the date on which Company receives such notice from the Supplier (the “Notice Receipt Date”), Company shall issue to Supplier an
inventory purchase order for such remaining Excess Buffer Stock, pursuant to Article 13.3(e). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend to conclude all Excess Buffer Stock discussions resulting in Company issuing an inventory purchase order as
appropriate by the last business day of the month of each calendar quarter. The calculations under this Article 13.4 shall be made prior to the calculation of Excess Inventory pursuant to Article 13.3(a). 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 15        

  

 ARTICLE 14 – MATERIAL PROCUREMENT BY SUPPLIER 
  

	14.1	Supplier shall adhere to Company’s Approved Vendor List and specific Bills of Materials, as provided by Company to Supplier, for the procurement of all Material used in the
manufacture or repair of Products unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. 

  

	14.2	Prior to Supplier manufacturing New Products or Successor Products for Company, Supplier agrees to provide Company with a detailed, itemized costed BOM showing Supplier’s best
agreed upon price at the Material item level. Upon receipt and review of such BOM, Company shall provide Supplier with an authorized final costed BOM comprised of the best-negotiated prices for Material available to Company and/or Supplier. Upon
verification of Material pricing with the Material vendors, Supplier agrees to pass through all Material price benefits as a result of Company’s price negotiations with the Material vendors directly to Company after Supplier has been able to
take the newly priced Material in use. Disclosure by either Party of Material pricing under this Article 14.2 shall be subject to any confidentiality obligations that either Party may have to its respective vendors.  

 

	14.3	Should Company request that Supplier utilize the services of one or more third-party logistics providers or Material distributors in the procurement of Material, Supplier agrees to
utilize the third party logistics provider(s) or Material distributor(s) selected by Company. Cost and timing impacts utilizing such third parties will be mutually agreed. 

  

	14.4	Unless otherwise agreed to between the Parties, Supplier will purchase all Material that is required to manufacture the Products pursuant to the AVL. Supplier is authorized to
purchase Material and Commercially Purchased Items, based on the actual lead-times applicable to the respective item, minimum order quantities and economic order quantities in order to support production and delivery requirements based on Orders and
Forecasts. Supplier shall obtain written approval from Company’s designated representative prior to purchasing those Materials or Commercially Purchased Items that have delivery lead times in excess of Company’s demand intervals in the
Forecast. Supplier shall also take all reasonable commercial steps to manage the ordering, delivery and stocking of Material and Commercially Purchased Items in a manner that will minimize the potential levels of Excess Inventory or Obsolete
Inventory as described in Article 13. Upon Company’s request, Supplier will review with Company all actual lead-times for Material or Commercially Purchased Items during the Quarterly Performance Review Process in order to discuss lead
times, minimum order quantities and economic order quantities and to formulate lead time reduction plans for such Material or Commercially Purchased Items. Supplier shall, as provided in Article 15.3 and subject to appropriate confidentiality
provisions, in order to assure a readily available supply of Material and Commercially Purchased Items from the third party vendors supplying such Material, provide to such vendors any forecasts of the need for such Material and Commercially
Purchased Items prepared by Company. 

 Supplier agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from its vendors
protective terms that are favorable to Supplier and may be passed through to Company. Such terms include, but are not necessarily limited to, provisions involving warranty, epidemic failure and indemnity, and shall, in any case be no less favorable
than comparable provisions in Supplier’s agreements with the same vendors pursuant to which Supplier purchases material for use in products manufactured for Supplier’s other customers. Further, Supplier shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to minimize lead times and to obtain favorable order cancellation provisions in order to minimize the potential for Company’s liability under Article 13. For purposes hereof, Attachment P sets forth those lead times and cancellation
provisions that Company considers to be minimum requirements. Prior to purchasing any Material or Commercially Purchased Items from a third party in connection with Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement, and promptly upon any change in
such terms, Supplier shall disclose to Company the terms pursuant to which Supplier intends to purchase such Material from such vendor. Company shall have the right to 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 16        

  

 
bar purchases of Material by Supplier from any vendor whose terms are not acceptable to Company. 
  

	14.5	In the event Supplier receives notification from a third party vendor that a Material item listed on a BOM for a Product or a Commercially Purchased Item will be discontinued,
Supplier will promptly forward the notification to Company along with a recommended plan of action. In the event that the Material being discontinued does not have a readily available replacement or substitute identified prior to the time at which
the Material can no longer be ordered, pursuant to written authorization from the Company, Supplier agrees to procure, manage such Material or, Commercially Purchased Items and store such discontinued Material or Commercially Purchased Items on
behalf of Company to enable the continued manufacturing of Products or purchase of Commercially Purchased Items until such time as Company can provide a Material or Commercially Purchased Item substitution or Product redesign. The costs, duration
and quantity associated with the Material or Commercially Purchased Item to be purchased and stored by Supplier for Company shall be agreed upon between Company and Supplier. For the avoidance of doubt, a notice received by Supplier from a third
party vendor that the composition or manner of manufacturing of any Material or Commercially Purchased Item purchased from such vendor will change constitutes a notice of discontinuance of the item that is the subject of such notice. Unless
expressly agreed by Company in writing, no changed Material, changed Commercially Purchased Item, or proposed replacement or substitute item shall be purchased for use in fulfillment of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement.

  

	14.6	Supplier agrees to allow Company to purchase Material from Supplier for the Products being manufactured for Company as necessary in such quantities as required for Company’s,
its Affiliates, the Ordering Companies and/or their respective customers’ in-house Product repair operations. Company shall pay Supplier a price for such Material equal to [*]. 

  

	14.7	Prior to ordering Material or Commercially Purchased Items from any third party Material vendor to support the manufacture of Products by Supplier or the sale of Commercially
Purchased Items, Supplier agrees to first purchase, subject to Article 13.1(c), at agreed prices and terms and on an as-required basis, any equivalent Material in the Company Owned Inventory of Material the possession of which is managed by Supplier
and that Company has communicated to Supplier is for sale to Supplier. 

  

	14.8	Upon request of Company, Supplier will assist Company and its Affiliates in disposing of all or any part of the Company Owned Inventory upon commercially reasonable terms, or
dispose of such Material pursuant to Article 24. 

  

	14.9	Supplier agrees to implement a first in first out (“FIFO”) inventory system for purchases of Material and Commercially Purchased Items. Supplier shall monitor this FIFO
inventory system to ensure the Material purchased and received first by Supplier shall be the first consumed. 

 ARTICLE 15 - PURCHASE OF
GOODS AND SERVICES BY SUPPLIER UTILIZING COMPANY’S PRICING OR TERMS 
  

	15.1	Prior to the manufacture of any Product for Company by Supplier, Company shall provide Supplier a Product BOM that will include Material identification information, including the
applicable approved Material vendors and such Vendors’ terms and conditions to the extent available. In addition, Company will provide Supplier with Material identification, including the respective approved Material vendors for Commercially
Purchased Items ordered by Company from Supplier pursuant to this Agreement. At Company’s option, Company shall facilitate the purchase of such designated BOM items or Commercially Purchased Items by Supplier at Company’s negotiated
Material purchase prices with the approved Material vendors, subject to the following conditions: 

  

	 	(a)	 Company shall have provided Supplier with a written authorization in the form of Attachment K – Material Authorization Letter, prior to Supplier purchasing
such 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 17        

  

	 	 
designated BOM item or Commercially Purchased Item at the prices set forth in Company’s purchase agreements with the respective Material vendor;

  

	 	(b)	Supplier shall purchase such Material or Commercially Purchased Item with the sole intent of using such items in fulfillment of its obligations under this Agreement or Order(s)
issued pursuant to this Agreement or as otherwise provided in this Agreement; 

  

	 	(c)      (i)	It shall be the obligation of Supplier and the Material vendor to agree upon terms and conditions that will govern the sale of the Material and Commercially Purchased Items, in
accordance with Article 14.4. In the event that at Company’s request, the vendor agrees to sell to Supplier, or the vendor is contractually required to permit Supplier to purchase Material or Commercially Purchased Items, in each case, on the
terms and conditions negotiated by Company, Supplier shall purchase such Material or Commercially Purchased Items from such vendors, provided that the terms and conditions negotiated by Company are acceptable to Supplier, acting reasonably; and

  

	 	(ii)	If, as described in Sub-article 15.1(c)(i), Supplier has the right to purchase Material or Commercially Purchased Items from a vendor under terms negotiated by Company, Company
shall nevertheless have the right to direct Supplier to purchase such items under Supplier’s terms with the vendor, if in Company’s discretion Company believes that the Supplier’s terms are more favorable than those negotiated by
Company. 

  

	 	(d)	Supplier shall hold in confidence any and all information related to Company’s purchase agreement(s) with the vendors, including, but not limited to, technical information,
forecasts and Company’s prices. Supplier hereby agrees to use such information only for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement or any Order placed pursuant to this Agreement. Supplier shall share such information only in
accordance with and subject to Article 34; and 

  

	 	(e)	Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Company may at any time withdraw its authorization from Supplier to purchase at Company’s negotiated prices and/or terms as described
herein. In the event of any such withdrawal, Company shall give Supplier reasonable advance notice thereof in writing. 

  

	15.2	Company and Supplier shall use reasonable commercial efforts to identify and pursue possible purchasing opportunities with companies that will benefit the respective Parties through
volume discounts, process and cost efficiencies for goods and services. 

 ARTICLE 16 - PRODUCT FORECASTING AND CAPACITY PLANNING

  

	16.1	 Supplier shall work with Company to maintain a level of Product manufacturing capability and flexibility that is consistent with Company’s business
requirements. Unless otherwise agreed, Company shall compensate Supplier in the manner set out herein for any costs incurred by Supplier after the Effective Date associated with replicating existing stencils, fixtures, tooling, assembly and/or test
equipment uniquely required to support Company’s production requirements or building new unique stencils, fixtures, tooling, assembly, and/or test equipment in support of Company’s production requirements. The costs associated with the
foregoing activities shall, by mutual agreement of the Parties either (a) be amortized and recovered over a period not greater than twelve (12) months in the cost of the Product; or (b) be charged by Supplier to Company as a
separately billable non-recurring engineering charge for which Company shall issue to Supplier a purchase order in accordance with Article 10 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that for any reason whatsoever such costs
are not fully recovered by Supplier within the agreed to time frame, Company acknowledges that the full amount of such costs shall be 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 18        

  

	 	 
recovered by Supplier in accordance with clause (b) hereof. Title and ownership of such stencils, fixtures, tooling, assembly and/or test equipment that
do not contain Supplier Proprietary Information shall pass to Company once Supplier has been fully compensated by Company for the costs referred to herein, whether pursuant to the amortization schedule, the purchase order, or if Company otherwise at
any time fully compensates Supplier for such costs. When Company takes title of such equipment as provided herein, such equipment shall remain in Supplier’s possession and be maintained by Supplier as provided in Article 66.2. Prior to
fabricating or procuring any stencils, fixtures, tooling, assembly and/or test equipment that is unique to the manufacture of Company’s Products, Supplier agrees to review such plans with Company. Supplier agrees that all stencils, fixtures,
tooling, assembly and/or test equipment used in the production of Products shall be subject to the terms set forth in Article 36 and Article 49. 

  

	16.2	Company will use reasonable commercial efforts to provide to Supplier, on a weekly basis, a fifty-two (52) week rolling forecast, in sufficient detail, for all Products
required under this Agreement (the “Forecast”), or to provide forecasts using other forecasting methods as may be agreed to by the Parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and subject to the provisions of Articles 9 and 13,
all Forecasts are for planning purposes only and do not constitute a commitment to purchase by Company. Company’s requirements for Commercially Purchased Items may, at Company’s option, be included in a Forecast or be ordered on a discrete
order basis. 

  

	16.3	As part of Company’s and Supplier’s supply chain management process, Supplier agrees to provide Company’s forecasted requirements to all third party vendors of
Material to support the timely manufacture of Products by Supplier for Company under this Agreement; provided, however, such information is proprietary to Company and shall not be furnished by Supplier to any such third party unless such third party
has previously executed a confidentiality agreement in favour of Supplier or until such third party agrees in writing, in a form acceptable to Supplier, to treat such information as confidential. At Company’s request, Supplier shall provide
Company with reports and allow Company to verify that Supplier is satisfactorily complying with this Article 16.3. 

  

	16.4	Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to provide Supplier with at least six (6) months prior notice of the time at which a Product is scheduled for end-of-life
designation. Upon receipt of such notice, the Parties shall work together to prepare an end-of-life plan. 

 ARTICLE 17 - EMERGENCY
BACKUP MANUFACTURING PLAN 
  

	17.1	Supplier will provide to Company a draft emergency backup manufacturing proposal (the “Emergency Backup Manufacturing Proposal”) within the earlier to occur of:
(i) six (6) months after the Effective Date, and (ii) thirty (30) Business Days after Supplier qualifies each of the Company Chosen Subcontractors, and within ninety (90) days following transfer of production of any Product
to another facility, which identifies the challenges, hurdles, timing, costs and any other issues associated with implementing an Emergency Backup Manufacturing Plan which, following a catastrophic event, a condition listed in Article 42, or any
other condition in which Supplier is unable to produce and ship Product to meet Company’s requirements for at least ten (10) Business Days, would allow Supplier to: 

  

	 	(a)	Manufacture and ship the impacted Product(s) at the levels set forth in paragraph (c) from one or more of its other manufacturing facilities upon the written approval of
Company to meet Company’s delivery requirements for such Product(s); 

  

	 	(b)	Commence shipments of the impacted Product(s) at the levels set forth in paragraph (c) to Company from such other manufacturing facilities no later than thirty
(30) Business Days after the commencement of the catastrophic event or other condition; and 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 19        

  

	 	(c)	Achieve, subject to the availability of Product-specific equipment, the following levels of shipments from such other manufacturing facilities: 

  

	 	(i)	A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of Company’s then current Forecast after thirty (30) Business Days of the commencement of the catastrophic event or other condition;

  

	 	(ii)	A minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of Company’s then current Forecast after forty-five (45) Business Days of the commencement of the catastrophic event or other
condition; and 

  

	 	(iii)	A minimum of one hundred percent (100%) of Company’s then current Forecast after sixty (60) Business Days of the commencement of the catastrophic event or other
condition. 

  

	17.2	The Parties shall review such Emergency Backup Manufacturing Proposal and determine the feasibility of developing and implementing such an Emergency Backup Manufacturing Plan,
either in its full form, or in a variation thereof. Should the Parties agree to implement such an Emergency Backup Manufacturing Plan and agree upon the conditions under which it would be implemented, Supplier agrees to implement such plan.

  

	17.3	In the event that an Emergency Backup Manufacturing plan is implemented, Supplier will hold annual trials and drills, and will provide the results, findings and subsequent action
plans to the Company for review. Supplier and Company will agree on acceptable resolutions to negative findings. 

  

	17.4	In the event that the Emergency Backup Manufacturing Plan prepared by Supplier fails to achieve its purpose as set out in Article 17.1 and no resolution can be found through
escalation to the Oversight Committee, Company may at its option, terminate this Agreement or an Order (with respect to the Product identified in the Order and affected by such delay or failure) in accordance with Article 42 at no charge,
and/or exercise any other rights and remedies it may have, pursuant to this Agreement and at law or at equity. 

 ARTICLE 18 - NEW
PRODUCT INTRODUCTION AND TARGET COSTING 
  

	18.1	At Company’s request, Supplier agrees to provide the necessary manufacturing assistance to Company to support the timely development, design, and introduction of New Products
and Successor Products. As part of this assistance, Supplier agrees to the terms and processes set forth in Attachment M - New Product Introduction (NPI) Process and shall keep abreast of major developments in Supplier’s industry, including
such areas as new production methods, processes and techniques or materials and shall regularly advise Company of any developments that could impact Company’s Product price, performance, quality and time to market objectives. Except to the
extent provided in Attachment M or otherwise agreed by the Parties, such support shall be provided at no cost to Company. 

  

	18.2	At Company’s request, Supplier agrees to participate with Company in utilizing target-costing methodology for New Products and Successor Products introduced into
Supplier’s manufacturing process. The methodology used to perform this target-costing will be jointly determined by the Parties. Supplier agrees to target and document cost reductions in accordance with the specific product cost reduction
roadmap. Both parties commit to work aggressively to pursue the achievement of such target cost reductions. 

 ARTICLE 19 - ELECTRONIC
COMMERCE 
  

	19.1	 Supplier and Company agree that they will work diligently to implement and utilize electronic means to issue Orders, Order acknowledgments, Order changes, forecasts
and ship notices, to 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 20        

  

	 	 
view Product and Material inventory information, and to facilitate electronic mail and such other communications as may be agreed upon by Supplier and
Company for the transmission and receiving of information under this Agreement (“Electronic Commerce”). 

  

	19.2	Supplier shall have Electronic Commerce capability established within an agreed upon time period from the date of this Agreement. If Company elects to utilize EDI or XML as a means
to electronically transmit data, Supplier and Company shall negotiate in good faith the required specifications, agreements and timelines for implementation. Such Electronic Commerce shall also include the capability of transmitting and receiving
the items referenced in Articles 19.1 and 19.3 by means of Internet communications. 

  

	19.3	In addition to the requirements set forth in Article 19.1, Supplier agrees to work with Company to provide Company access, in accordance with and subject to Supplier’s security
policies and procedures, to Supplier’s information systems in order to view and download the following Product data: (a) test and inspection data, (b) warranty and return and repair service data, (c) functional parametric data,
(d) current “build to” production BOMs, and (e) Supplier and Company Product levels. Company acknowledges that Supplier’s policies and procedures may require that such access will be to/through a computer facility separate
from Supplier’s internal information system(s). The Parties have established a goal to work together to enable Supplier to provide to Company the following, to a common standard for all Company locations, via real-time/near-real-time electronic
transactions: (a) detailed (manufactured and purchased) finished Product/sub-assembly supply plans to support Company’s customer available to promise processes, (b) jeopardy notification and re-promise date(s) if a scheduled item will
not ship on the day scheduled, (c) hierarchical Product serialization data to support serialization capture processes in effect at the time, and (d) component engineering and component management data. 

  

	19.4	The Parties hereby agree that Supplier will meet with each Ordering Company to determine the necessary information systems, software, and configurations that are required to enable
each ordering Company to electronically transmit the Bill of Material, Specifications, technical drawings and all other relevant information needed for the manufacture of Product by Supplier for such Ordering Company. If Company requires different
information systems, hardware, communications technology software or configurations, then the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith the costs associated with the installation of such information systems, hardware, communications technology
software or configurations. These requirements shall be set forth in writing. 

  

	19.5	Supplier shall establish, at Supplier’s expense, appropriate measures (including, but not limited to, fire walls) to ensure Supplier’s and Company’s Information
related to the manufacture and supply of Product can only be accessed by Supplier and Company. For certainty, and without limitation, Supplier shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to ensure that such information is not accessed by any third
party, including any customer of Company, except as Company may authorize in writing. In the event Supplier is provided access to certain Company information systems, Supplier agrees to (a) use Information obtained from such systems solely for
the purpose of performing its obligations under this Agreement or an Order placed pursuant to this Agreement and (b) take the necessary steps at Supplier’s expense, including but not limited to establishing firewalls, secured modems, etc.
in order to ensure Company’s Information (including Company IP as part thereof) is sufficiently protected. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 21        

  

 ARTICLE 20 – SHIPPING 
  

	20.1	Unless otherwise specified in an Order, Supplier shall: (a) deliver or ship the Product or Commercially Purchased Item covered by this Agreement or Order complete;
(b) deliver or ship to the destination designated in the Order; (c) ship according to routing instructions as set forth in the Order and provided by Company’s ordering location; (d) identify this Agreement and Order number on all
subordinate documents; (e) enclose a packing memorandum with each shipment, encase the packing memorandum in a moisture resistant pouch or holder, place the packing memorandum on the side of the delivery or shipping container, and in the case
of multiple containers, place it on the first container and, when more than one package is delivered or shipped, identify the package containing the memorandum; and (f) mark this Agreement and Order number on all packages and delivery or
shipping papers. The following information shall be placed on all packing memorandums: (a) Company’s name; (b) address of location from which delivery or shipping is made; (c) Order number; (d) Order item or line number;
(e) Company’s Andrew Part Number as stated on the Order; (f) Product or Commercially Purchased Item description as stated on the Order; (g) quantity delivered or shipped; (h) unit of measure as stated on the Order;
(i) Company’s customer’s order number, Company’s customer’s specification/requirements number, and Company’s customer’s item number when identified on the Order; and (j) a list of all serial numbers for
Product or Commercially Purchased Items shipped. Adequate protective packing shall be utilized, in accordance with the applicable Specifications. Shipping and routing instructions may be furnished or altered by Company in writing. If Supplier does
not comply with Company’s shipping or routing instructions, Supplier authorizes Company to deduct from any invoice of Supplier (or to charge back to Supplier) any increased transportation costs actually incurred by Company as a result of
Supplier’s noncompliance, provided that such increased costs shall be first submitted to and approved by Supplier. 

  

	20.2	When Supplier delivers Products or Commercially Purchased Items to Company or Company’s end customer, or its agent, at Supplier’s dock or to an integration, repair or
distribution center which is at the same location as the facility from which delivery is to be made, Supplier shall obtain a delivery receipt from the party to whom the delivery was made. 

  

	20.3	Supplier shall retain the original or copies, as applicable, of all shipping documents and delivery receipts generated or obtained by Supplier in performance of the provisions of
this Article 20. Such documents are subject to audit, as provided in Article 30. 

  

	20.4	Supplier shall provide summary shipping reports in the detail and upon the frequency required in the applicable Product Plan. Supplier hereby expressly acknowledges that Company may
rely upon such reports in making its own submissions to auditors and other entities, including taxing authorities. Supplier hereby indemnifies Company and its Affiliates against any claim arising from inaccuracies in such reports.

 ARTICLE 21 –TRANSFER OF MANUFACTURE 
  

	21.1	The manufacturing operations in respect of any Product under this Agreement shall not be transferred among the manufacturing facilities of Supplier or its Affiliates without the
prior written consent of Company, which such consent shall not be delayed or withheld unreasonably. In the event that Company approves any such transfer of the manufacturing operations in respect of Products under this Agreement among
Supplier’s manufacturing facilities, Company and Supplier shall cooperate in the implementation of a smooth and expeditious transition of the manufacture of such Products without interrupting supply and service to Company and Company’s
customers. To that end, the Parties may agree to jointly establish a transition or implementation team (“Transition Team”), which will meet on a regular basis. 

  

	21.2	Appointees to the Transition Team and their qualifications and required expertise shall be as agreed to by the Parties. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 22        

  

	21.3	Each Party shall be entirely responsible for its own costs associated with participating in the activities described in this Article 21. 

 ARTICLE 22 - QUALITY 
  

	22.1	Supplier shall meet Company’s quality requirements as set forth in Specifications and otherwise in this Agreement. If within twenty-eight (28) days, or as otherwise agreed
to by the Parties on a case by case basis, of transfer of title to Product from Supplier to Company, Company rejects any or all Product for failing to meet any of the Specifications agreed to by Supplier, Company may exercise one or more of the
following remedies: (a) return rejected Product for full credit at the price charged plus return transportation charges, duties, and taxes, as may be applicable; (b) accept a conforming part of any shipment; or (c) have rejected
Product replaced by Supplier at the purchase price stipulated in this Agreement or the applicable Order. If notification of rejection of any or all Product is not received by Supplier within this twenty-eight (28) day period or as otherwise
agreed to between the Parties, such Product will be deemed to have been accepted by Company. Company shall obtain a return materials authorization (“RMA”) number from Supplier prior to returning any Product and shall return any Product
rejected under this Article 22 within fifteen (15) Business Days of such rejection, unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. 

  

	22.2	Except as provided herein, Supplier shall maintain facility registration by an accredited registrar in compliance with ISO 9000 for all Supplier’s facilities Supplier uses to
manufacture Products and/or perform Services hereunder. Supplier commits that all manufacturing and design operations, including any key sub-contractors selected by Supplier that contribute to the design, development, production, delivery and
service of Product under this Agreement are ISO 9000 registered by an accredited registrar. The foregoing commitments shall not apply on the Effective Date with respect to Supplier’s ARAD, Romania facility and the Company Chosen Subcontractors,
Supplier agrees to work towards achieving ISO 9000 registration in such facilities in accordance with a plan acceptable to Company, acting reasonably, but in any case such registration shall be achieved within twelve (12) months after the
Effective Date. When requested by Company, Supplier shall furnish subsequent to each of its re-certification/surveillance audits, a copy of its quality policy manual and periodic audit documentation (including findings and corrective actions) for
the locations manufacturing Products or performing Services under this Agreement. In the event Company requests Supplier to adopt or comply with other types of quality and similar requirements or certifications to those stated above in order for
Company to sell Products, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith the timing and costs associated with achieving such requirements or certifications. 

  

	22.3	Subject to complying with Supplier’s plant rules and regulations, internal security and confidentiality requirements, security clearance regulations and other procedures as
applicable, Supplier shall allow on-site quality management system type audits (e.g. ISO 9000, ISO 14001, and ANSI/ESD 20.20) as well as on-site process evaluations by Company or Company’s designated representative. All such on-site visits
shall be at Supplier’s locations and, with their consent, at the locations of Supplier’s subcontractors who supply Material used in the manufacture of Product. The timing of such on-site visits shall be at Company’s discretion,
subject to fourteen (14) days prior notice to Supplier by Company except in those situations in which Company has identified a quality problem that would prohibit Company or Supplier from shipping Products. Supplier agrees to implement and
report the status of a Corrective Action Plan for all unacceptable issues within a time frame agreeable to the Parties and in a manner which is consistent with corrective action processes that are acceptable to Company, acting reasonably, and in
compliance with procedures sufficient to maintain Supplier’s applicable registration. Supplier shall agree to have an improvement program in place, which will allow it to attain and maintain acceptable ratings or equivalent on all quality
management system elements as agreed to by Company and Supplier. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 23        

  

	22.4	Supplier’s internal process controls shall be based on the Company requirements set forth in a specific product plan (“Product Plan”) in a form similar to Attachment
H - Product Plan or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, and must, in any case, include incoming inspection procedures acceptable to Company. The Product Plan will contain Product-specific requirements and will define data reporting frequencies as
agreed to by Company and Supplier. This is a process of “qualifying” the Supplier’s manufacturing location by periodic assessment of processes and Products. 

  

	22.5	Subject to complying with Supplier’s plant rules and regulations, internal security and confidentiality requirements, security clearance regulations and other procedures, as
applicable, Supplier shall permit Company, at Company’s discretion to inspect and test Product at Supplier’s location (“Source Inspection”). If the Product inspection performance results do not meet Company’s Specifications,
after an agreed up on period of time or number of lots inspected, as specified in the applicable Product Plan, the cost of continued Source Inspections shall be borne by Supplier. Source Inspections may be discontinued or reinstated, depending upon
the shipped Product quality level, at the reasonable discretion of Company. 

 Subject to the terms of Article 30, Supplier
shall, subject to prior request or written approval of Company, allow Company’s customers and customers of Company’s customers (collectively, “customer”) to conduct onsite evaluations of Product, or allow for inspection of
Product by Supplier or Company, in accordance with customer inspection requirements. However, in no event shall Supplier allow any customer to remove any Product from Supplier’s premises where such evaluations and/or inspections are normally
conducted without the written approval of Company. Supplier shall maintain records, including serial numbers, with respect to any Products so evaluated, inspected or removed. 
  

	22.6	Supplier shall perform a first article inspection and prepare a first article inspection report in a form acceptable to Company, acting reasonably, whenever any of the following
occur in respect of a Product at Supplier’s location: Specification issue change, Material change, manufacturing location change, new Material incorporated into Product, new Material vendor added to the AVL, and at Company’s discretion,
acting reasonably, a process change or a tooling change. The first article inspection report shall be sent to Company by Supplier on or before delivery or shipment of the Product. Supplier shall show the Andrew Part Number, Specification Issue
number, and Order number on the top of the first page of the first article inspection report. The report should identify the specification element verified, the allowable tolerance, and the actual measurements. 

  

	22.7	Prior to Product production approval, Supplier shall make available (on-site at Company’s discretion and at Company’s request, acting reasonably), a minimum quantity of
sample Product produced in a continuous run on permanent manufacturing equipment to Company’s designated representative for examination and subsequent approval by Company. Supplier shall not make any deliveries or shipments under an Order prior
to approval of such sample production units by Company, unless authorized by Company in writing. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the sample production units shall be retained by and title shall vest in Company upon delivery in
accordance with an Order. 

 Upon Company’s request, Supplier is expected to inspect Product samples to all applicable
Specifications, and then to provide this information, along with a certificate of compliance, to Company. 
  

	22.8	Supplier shall, except as provided in the applicable Product Plan or other agreement of the Parties, meet the Product requirements defined in IPC/EIA J-STD-001C “Requirements
for Soldered Electrical and Electronic Assemblies” in its entirety, including referenced documents, as it or they may be modified from time to time by Company through the issuance of an Engineering Change Order in accordance with Article 59.3,
and all other agreed to Specifications as listed in the applicable Product Plan. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 24        

  

 Supplier shall perform any Environmental Stress Testing (“EST”) required and described in
the applicable Product Plan. 
 Supplier commits to establishing verification points throughout its manufacturing process. Supplier also
commits to meeting the verification point requirements described in the applicable Product Plan. The scope of these verification points shall be to validate through visual and mechanical inspections and tests, and with the use of statistically valid
sampling plans (e.g., per ANSI/ASQC Z1.4 and Z1.9-1993 or then current equivalent), that Product conforms to applicable manufacturing, Product and process Specifications, standards of acceptable workmanship, as well as other Specifications which may
be provided by Company. Verification of in process data, a root cause analysis of problems identified, and corrective action associated with this data may be requested by Company periodically. Company reserves the right to make suggestions for
improvement based on this data. Supplier’s corrective actions shall be consistent with processes that are acceptable to Company, acting reasonably, and in compliance with procedures sufficient to maintain Supplier’s applicable
registration. 
 At a minimum, Supplier shall provide weekly: 
 Test process yield data for each test station for each Product. 
 Pareto of defects by test station by
Product. 
 Repair data, “Test and Repair” at the serial number level of the applicable Product 
 Root cause analysis and CAP for problems by incidence. 
 FMAs by incidence 
 At a minimum, Supplier shall provide the following: 
 A chart of Defects Per Million Opportunities (DPMO) by PCBA produced by Supplier (Monthly). 
 A chart of Defects Per Million Opportunities (DPMO) by vendor (Monthly). 
 Vendor Corrective Action Summaries (Monthly). 
 Vendor Quality Scorecards (Semi—annually). 

Product Scrap Reports (Monthly). 
 Report
of Corrective Actions assigned by the Company to Supplier (Monthly). 
 Supplier shall continuously review Product return data, including
data from field returns (when provided by Company), to ensure that the scope of the verification process includes verification of the requirement(s) or condition(s) under which the returned Product failed. Supplier shall perform and provide to
Company a detailed analysis of all returned Product found to be defective, identify root cause, and implement any appropriate corrective action. Any Product found to be defective shall be corrected before shipment to Company. Supplier’s
corrective actions shall be consistent with processes that are acceptable to Company, acting reasonably, and in compliance with procedures sufficient to maintain Supplier’s applicable registration. 
  

	22.9	 Supplier and its subcontractors utilized in the manufacture of Products pursuant to this Agreement, except as set forth in the applicable Product Plan or otherwise
agreed, shall be 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 25        

  

	 	 
compliant with following ESD Industry Standards to the extent applicable: 

 ESDA - S1.1 “for the Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items – Wrist Straps”. 
 ESD STM3.1-2000, “for Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items – Ionization”. 
 ESD SP3.3-2000, “for The Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items – Periodic Verification of Air Ionizers”. 
 ESD S4.1 - 1997, for The Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items – Worksurfaces - Resistance Measurements”. 
 ANSI/ESD S6.1 “for the Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items – Grounding -Recommended Practice”. 
 ANSI ESD S7.1-1994: “for the Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items Floor Materials – Resistive Characterization of
Materials”. 
 ESD SP10.1 - 2000, “for Protection of Electrostatic Discharge Susceptible Items – Automated Handling Equipment
(AHE)”. 
 ANSI/ESD - S20.20 - “for The Development of an Electrostatic Discharge Control Program for Protection of Electrical and
Electronic Parts, Assemblies and Equipment (Excluding Electrically Initiated Explosive Devices”. 
 Subject to Article 30, Supplier and
its subcontractors may be audited by Company or any designated third party to verify compliance. 
 In the event that any of the Company
Chosen Subcontractors is on the Effective Date not in compliance with any of the foregoing applicable standards the Parties shall mutually agree on the period, not to exceed twelve (12) months from the Effective Date, during which such
subcontractor must come into compliance. 
  

	22.10	Supplier and its subcontractors shall be capable of handling moisture sensitive devices (MSD) per IPC/JEDEC J-STD-033 requirements. At Company’s request, Supplier agrees to
provide an internal document detailing Supplier’s and such subcontractor’s MSD handling procedures. 

 In the event
that any of the Company Chosen Subcontractors is on the Effective Date not in compliance with any of the foregoing applicable standards the Parties shall mutually agree on the period, not to exceed twelve (12) months after the Effective Date,
during which such subcontractor must come into compliance. 
  

	22.11	Supplier shall establish a maximum DPMO acceptable to Company for each component used in a Product. Supplier shall work with Supplier’s vendor to secure corrective actions and
alert Company on a periodic basis in accordance with Article 22.8. 

  

	22.12	The procedure for Supplier responding to Company for Product non-conformities detected by Company shall be as follows: 

 When a Corrective Action Request is initiated by Company, a complaint notification letter shall be sent by Company by electronic mail or facsimile
transmission directly to Supplier’s program manager (or other designated person) requesting a response with a root cause analysis and Corrective Action Plan. The Corrective Action Plan response shall include the following information:

  

	 	(a)	The initial actions taken to contain the problem; 

  

	 	(b)	A description of the root cause of the problem; 

  

	 	(c)	The proposed corrective action or solution to the problem; 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 26        

  

	 	(d)	The actual or planned implementation date of the corrective action; 

  

	 	(e)	The plans for verifying that the corrective action was effective; and 

  

	 	(f)	The actual or planned date of the verification of effectiveness. 

 Supplier’s response to Product non-conformities detected by Company is expected to occur within the timeframe described in the applicable Product Plan. 
  

	22.13	If during the Term of this Agreement and for five (5) years after the last shipment date of any Product under this Agreement, Company notifies Supplier that such Product shows
evidence of an Epidemic Condition (as defined below), Supplier shall prepare and propose a Corrective Action Plan with respect to such Product within five (5) Business Days, or such extended period as may be agreed to, of such notification,
addressing implementation and procedure milestones for remedying such Epidemic Condition(s). An extension of this time frame is permissible upon mutual written agreement of the Parties. 

 Upon notification by Company of the Epidemic Condition to Supplier, Company shall have the right to postpone all or part of the shipments of unshipped
affected Product, by giving written notice of such postponement to Supplier, pending correction of the Epidemic Condition. Such postponement shall temporarily relieve Supplier of its shipment liability and Company of its shipment acceptance
liability. 
 Should Supplier contest the existence of an Epidemic Condition or should Company reject the CAP, then Company shall have the
right to suspend all or part of its unshipped Orders for the affected Product, without liability to Company until such time as a mutually acceptable solution is reached. 
 An Epidemic Condition will be deemed to exist when one or more of the following conditions occur and the Epidemic Condition is due to the same root cause: 
  

	 	(a)	Failure reports or statistical samplings show that [*] of a Product, whichever is greater, or such other percentage and/or number as may be in the Product Plan, of Product installed
or shipped during any [*] consecutive months exhibit a highly objectionable symptom (such as emissions of smoke, loud noises, deformation of housing, severe corrosion or non-functionality or other symptoms of this type; 

  

	 	(b)	Failure reports or statistical sampling show one or more instances of Product tracked by Company to contain a potential safety hazard (such as personal injury or death, fire,
explosion, toxic emissions, etc.); 

  

	 	(c)	Failure reports show that Out of Box (“OOB”) failures exceed [*] of a Product, whichever is greater, or such other level(s) specified in the applicable Product Plan, or
that any of Company’s customers purchasing such Product claims an epidemic condition based on OOB. For the purposes of this Agreement, OOB shall be defined as any Product that during test, installation or upon its first use fails to operate in
accordance with the Specification or that contains one or more major visual, appearance or mechanical defects that would make the Product unfit for use or installation. 

 Only major functional and visual, mechanical or appearance defects shall be considered in determining Epidemic Condition. Product may be sampled or, at
Company’s option, one hundred percent (100%) audited at Company’s or Supplier’s warehouses, factories or Company’s customer locations. If Product is sampled, the data must have ninety-five percent (95%) or better
statistical confidence. 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 27        

  

 In the event that Supplier develops a remedy for the defect(s) that caused the Epidemic Condition and
Company agrees in writing that the remedy is acceptable, Supplier shall: 
  

	 	(a)	Incorporate the remedy in the affected Product in accordance with Article 59; 

  

	 	(b)	Deliver or ship all subsequent Product incorporating the required modification correcting the defect(s) at no additional charge to Company provided that the Epidemic Condition is
due to a cause covered by the Warranty in accordance with Article 23; 

  

	 	(c)	Repair and/or replace Product that caused the Epidemic Condition, if determined by Company to be necessary, at no additional charge to Company provided that the Epidemic Condition
is due to a cause covered by the Warranty in accordance with Article 23. In the event that Company incurs costs due to such repair and/or replacement, including but not limited to labor and shipping costs and the root cause is caused by
Supplier, Supplier shall reimburse Company for such costs. 

 In the event that Supplier develops and/or implements a remedy
for the defects that caused the Epidemic Condition, but Supplier was not responsible for such defects, as, for example, defects due to Specifications, design, test, tooling, documentation, instruction, or Materials, , supplied by Company, Supplier
shall be entitled to recover its costs of such effort. The Parties shall mutually agree upon charges due to Supplier before Supplier commences any such effort. 
 Supplier and Company shall agree as to the remedy’s implementation schedule. Supplier shall use reasonable commercial efforts to implement the remedy in accordance with the agreed-upon schedule. 
 Provided that the Epidemic Condition is due to a cause covered by the Warranty in accordance with Article 23, if Supplier is unable to develop a mutually
agreeable remedy, or does not adequately take into account the business interests of Company, as reasonably agreed by the Parties, Company may (a) develop and implement such remedy and, in such case, implementation costs and risk of in-transit
loss shall be borne by Supplier, (b) suspend Orders for the affected Product or cancel Orders for the affected Product without liability and return all Product affected by such Epidemic Condition for full refund, payable by Supplier within
thirty (30) days after receipt of such returned Product (with risk of loss or in-transit damage borne by Supplier), and purchase the Products affected by such Epidemic Condition from a source other than Supplier, and/or (c) terminate this
Agreement with respect to the affected Product without further liability to Company, subject to Article 13. Any failure by Company to comply with its Purchase Commitment as a result of purchases of Products from a source other than Supplier pursuant
to clause (c) hereof shall be subject to the applicable Attachment C. 
  

	22.14	As part of a program of continuous improvement, set out in the Operational Metrics, Supplier agrees to annually establish improvement goals for a series of key quality objectives.
These key objectives should include, but are not limited to: 

  

	 	(a)	Customer return rates and on time delivery performance as may be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. 

  

	 	(b)	Certification test and Product workmanship results; 

  

	 	(c)	In-circuit, functional and final system Product test yields; and 

  

	 	(d)	Reduction in accumulation of defective work-in-process (i.e., the “Bonepile”). 

 Supplier agrees to track and report performance against goals on at least a monthly basis, and to commit the resources reasonably necessary for the attainment of these goals. 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 28        

  

	22.15	Company intends to monitor Supplier’s quality performance in accordance with the Performance Metrics set forth in Attachment E. Failure by Supplier to meet quality Performance
Metrics shall be subject to the resolution and consequences provisions set forth in Article 12. 

 ARTICLE 23 – WARRANTY

  

	23.1    (a)	Supplier warrants to Company that Products delivered or shipped by Supplier under this Agreement will be new, free from defects in Supplier’s workmanship, and manufactured in
accordance with applicable Specifications, and shall repair or replace, as the Parties may mutually agree, without charge, any Products which are proved to be defective as a result of Supplier’s workmanship or failure to comply with applicable
Specifications, including Supplier’s use of incorrect Materials in manufacturing Products, even if the Material vendor failed to accurately mark such Material (if such inaccuracy would have been disclosed by incoming inspections and/or testing
thereof prior to delivery), provided that: 

  

	 	(i)	Company shall promptly notify Supplier in writing upon discovery of any defect due to the causes referenced to above; and 

  

	 	(ii)	Such defective Product has been returned, freight charges prepaid, to Supplier’s designated location within two (2) years from the original delivery date by Supplier to
Company or Company’s customer, or one (1) year from the date of installation of such Product, whichever is shorter (the “Warranty Period”). 

  

	 	(b)	Commercially Purchased Items are expressly excluded from the Warranty set out in this Article 23. Supplier shall deliver or ship with such items all warranty documentation received
from the vendors thereof. In addition, to the extent it is permitted to do so, Supplier will assign to Company all warranties for such items received from the vendors thereof. Such assignment shall be effective as of delivery or shipment by
Supplier. 

  

	 	(c)	Notwithstanding the Warranty Period for Products, Supplier warrants the workmanship of any repair performed on a Product during the Warranty Period for one (1) year, or the
remainder of the original Warranty Period, whichever is longer. 

  

	23.2	A RMA is required from Supplier prior to returning any Products. Such RMA shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. All returned Products shall include documentation describing
the nature of the defect and under what conditions it occurred. 

  

	23.3	Company or its customers shall bear the cost of the return of Products to Supplier’s designated premises. Supplier shall bear all costs of the redelivery to Company’s or
Company’s customer’s premises, including duties and customs clearance on international returns, of all Products which are found by Supplier to contain a defect to which the Warranty in Article 22.1(a) applies. In respect of any Products
that are found by Supplier not to contain such a defect, Company shall pay to Supplier a NTF charge in addition to all redelivery costs. If upon the Effective Date, Attachment J does not establish an applicable NTF charge for each Product
listed on Attachment B, then, until such a specific NTF charge is established, the NTF charge shall be [*], or the monetary equivalent thereof as determined by the location of Supplier’s Warranty repair center The Parties agree that the
definitive NTF charges for each Product will be made a part of Attachment J as soon as reasonably practical. In the case of Product repair and replacement, title (if the returned Product is replaced) and risk of loss of a returned Product will pass
to Supplier upon delivery to Supplier, and title (of any replacement Product) and risk of loss of the repaired or replacement Product will pass to Company upon delivery to Company or to Company’s customer upon delivery to such customer.

  

	23.4	The Warranty shall not apply to: 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 29        

  

	 	(a)	Products which Company, Ordering Companies, third parties under Company’s direction, or Company’s customers, have (i) caused to have been misused, modified, damaged,
placed in an unsuitable (as determined by the Specifications) physical or operating environment, (ii) maintained improperly, (iii) caused to fail by any product not supplied by Supplier, or (iv) caused to fail by any service not
supplied by Supplier; 

  

	 	(b)	Any Products which have been subjected to any repair not authorized in writing in advance by Supplier; 

  

	 	(c)	Any defect caused by Company or a third party or by an error or omission or design or other fault in any Specification or other drawings, documentation, data, software, information
or know-how or Product provided or specified by Company; 

  

	 	(d)	subject to Article 23.5, any defect caused by, or arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with a defect in Material; or 

  

	 	(e)	Products in respect of which Supplier has been requested by Company not to perform Supplier’s standard inspection and mutually agreed upon test procedure(s).

  

	23.5	Notwithstanding Article 23.4(d), Supplier shall retain warranty responsibility for any Products that are defective as a result of: 

  

	 	(a)	Damage caused by Supplier to Material incorporated in the Products; 

  

	 	(b)	A defect in Material incorporated in the Products as a result of design or Material selection choice by Supplier not approved by Company; 

  

	 	(c)	A defect in Supplier-Controlled Material or Supplier-Controlled Custom Material; and 

  

	 	(d)	A defect in Material that Supplier knew or should have known existed, based on standard inspection tests or tests required by the applicable Product Plan or other agreement of the
Parties, at the time Supplier incorporated such Material in the Products. 

  

	23.6	To the extent permissible, Supplier shall extend to Company the rights and warranties that Supplier received from the original Material vendor for the Material used in the
manufacture of Products. The Parties shall work in good faith on other warranty claims that Supplier is able to assert against the Material vendors. As required by Article 14.4, Supplier shall disclose the warranties that it receives from its
vendor(s) so far as not prohibited by agreement with such vendor(s). Supplier shall work together with Company to develop a mutually agreeable process to review the terms and conditions of the Material warranties provided by approved vendors in an
effort, jointly with Company where appropriate, to extend the terms of such Material warranties to the purchaser of Products hereunder incorporating such material and so that the warranty period of such Material warranties becomes co-extensive with
the Warranty Period provided for in Article 23.1 in respect of the Product provided by Supplier to Company. 

  

	23.7	Supplier warrants to Company that prototypes and preproduction units of Product, and all other deliverables will be new, free from defects in workmanship and will conform to and
perform in accordance with the Specifications (to the extent that Supplier is capable of assuring that prototypes and preproduction units can conform to and perform in accordance with the Specifications). Supplier also warrants to Company that any
development will be performed in a workmanlike manner and to Company’s reasonable satisfaction. These warranties shall continue for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the Product is delivered to Company.

  

	23.8	 AS RELATED TO PRODUCT WARRANTY, THIS ARTICLE 23 SETS OUT SUPPLIER’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND LIABILITY (SUBJECT TO THE EPIDEMIC CONDITION PROVISIONS IN ARTICLE 22
AND ANY OTHER SPECIFIC REMEDIES SET FORTH HEREIN), AND 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 30        

  

	 	 
COMPANY’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES, FOR CLAIMS BASED ON DEFECTS IN OR FAILURE OF ANY PRODUCT AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMISSIBLE BY APPLICABLE LAW, REPLACES ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING IMPLIED CONDITIONS OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 

 ARTICLE 24 - REPAIRS NOT COVERED UNDER SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY 
  

	24.1	In addition to Supplier’s repair and replacement Warranty obligations set forth in Article 23, subject to the availability of Material and test equipment, Supplier shall
provide for Company and its designated customers out of Warranty repair and replacement services for Product during the Term of this Agreement. If Company requests that Supplier provide such out of Warranty repair and replacement Services directly
to Company’s customer, the terms and conditions of the provision of such services shall be as mutually agreed by Supplier and such customer of Company. 

  

	24.2	The terms and conditions pursuant to which Supplier will provide out of Warranty repair and replacement Services and the procedures to which Supplier shall adhere in performing such
Services shall be as agreed to by the Parties and will be incorporated in this Agreement as Attachment J. It is the Parties’ intention that the terms and conditions applicable to out of Warranty repair and replacement Services will be agreed to
within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of this Agreement. 

  

	24.3	Company will be responsible for all return transportation costs for Product returned for repair if such Product is not covered by the Warranty. Company shall assume the risk of loss
and damage until delivery to Supplier’s repair facility and from Supplier’s repair facility back to Company or its customer. Supplier shall assume the risk of loss and damage from the time that the returned Product arrives at
Supplier’s repair facility until delivery at Supplier’s repair facility to Company, to Company’s customer or to the freight carrier selected by Company or such customer, or, if applicable, delivery to Company’s or its
customer’s integration, repair or distribution center, if such center is at the same location as Supplier’s repair facility, in accordance with Article 9. 

  

	24.4	Where mutually agreed by the Parties and to the extent available, Supplier agrees to offer for sale to Company and, if requested by Company, to Company’s customers, during the
Term of this Agreement, functionally equivalent maintenance, replacement, and repair parts (“Parts”) for the Products at the prices set forth in Supplier’s then current agreement with Company for such Parts or, if no such agreement
exists, at prices agreed upon by Company and Supplier. If the Parties fail to agree on a price, the price shall be a reasonably competitive price for such Parts at the time of delivery. If Supplier makes such a sale of Parts directly to
Company’s customer, the terms and conditions of such sale (other than price) shall be as mutually agreed by Supplier and such customer of Company. 

  

	24.5	The Parties agree that Attachment J will set out terms, conditions and metrics associated with out of Warranty repairs performed by Supplier, some of which terms, conditions and
metrics are also applicable to repairs performed by Supplier under the Warranty set out in Article 23 of this Agreement. As part of the terms and conditions of out Warranty repair and replacement Services to be incorporated in Attachment J, the
Parties shall agree on the specific terms, conditions and metrics contained in Attachment J that will also apply to repairs performed by Supplier under the Warranty set out in Article 22 of this Agreement. 

 ARTICLE 25 – SCRAP PROCEDURES 
  

	25.1	 Material or Products which: (i) fail to meet the required Specifications prior to shipment; (ii) are considered Obsolete Inventory and Company does not
require storage by Supplier of such Obsolete Inventory, finished Product, or work-in-process Product; or (iii) which cannot be repaired (collectively, “Scrap”), will not be sold to a third party by Supplier except as approved by
Company. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 31        

  

	 	 
Disposition of such Scrap shall be in accordance with this Article 25. Supplier shall advise Company of any Scrap and if the Parties agree that such
designated Scrap is not suitable for reuse in the manufacture of Products in whole or in part, such Scrap shall be provided only to a Company approved Scrap dealer for reclamation. Supplier shall provide upon Company’s request a report
outlining the types and amounts of Scrap provided to Company’s scrap dealer. The costs of scrapping Material and Products shall be borne by Supplier, except to the extent such costs are Company’s liability pursuant to Articles 13 and
23. Any reclamation value received from a Scrap dealer shall accrue to Supplier, except in the case that Company bears the Scrap costs, in which event any reclamation value shall accrue to Company or such other entity as Company may instruct.

  

	25.2	Supplier shall have the sole responsibility for the disposition of any hazardous or regulated waste as required by applicable Laws. Supplier shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless Company and its Affiliates against claims and actions brought by or on behalf of third parties alleging a disposition in violation of the provisions of such Laws. 

 ARTICLE 26 - QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE REVIEW PROCESS 
  

	26.1	Company and Supplier, through their respective representatives, will participate in mutual performance reviews on a quarterly basis, or as frequently as needed or requested by
either Supplier or Company (the “Quarterly Performance Review Process”), for the purpose of reviewing the following information: 

  

	 	(a)	Transitional and implementation related issues impacting Supplier or Company; 

  

	 	(b)	Market conditions and industry trends (telecommunications and electronics manufacturing); 

  

	 	(c)	Supplier’s current and projected global manufacturing capacity plans and Company’s current and projected global Product and Services requirements;

  

	 	(e)	Actual Product cost vs. target Product cost objectives; 

  

	 	(f)	Current Product pricing; 

  

	 	(g)	Supplier’s performance against Company’s performance metrics; 

  

	 	(h)	Ongoing open Corrective Action Plans if applicable; 

  

	 	(i)	Supply line issues and Product and Material inventory status including vendor managed Material; 

  

	 	(j)	Electronic commerce engagement; 

  

	 	(k)	Accomplishments and challenges in the past quarter; 

  

	 	(l)	Company’s quarterly actual performance including Forecast accuracy, NTF returns, documentation accuracy, engineering changes (quantity and quality), responsiveness, payment
performance, overall strengths and areas for improvement; 

  

	 	(m)	Changes in Product conformance requirements and Supplier’s capability to implement them; 

  

	 	(n)	Upcoming technology requirements (rolling twelve (12) months); 

  

	 	(o)	Environmental, health and safety performance; 

  

	 	(p)	Other information as the parties may agree upon from time to time; 

  

	 	(q)	List of custom and non-cancelable non-returnable Material; and 

  

	 	(r)	Company’s scorecard concerning Supplier’s performance. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 32        

  

	26.2	The specific details (meeting dates and places, planning horizons, data requirements, etc.) for the first of these Quarterly Performance Review Process meetings will be agreed to
between the Parties within thirty (30) Business Days of the date of this Agreement. 

  

	26.3	Each Party shall be entirely responsible for its own costs associated with participating in the activities described in Article 26.1. 

 ARTICLE 27 – NOTICES 
  

	27.1	Unless otherwise specified herein, any notice, approval, request, authorization or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
delivered in person, transmitted by telecopy or similar means of recorded electronic communication or sent by registered mail, charges prepaid, addressed as follows: 

  

			
	 if to Company:
	 	Andrew Corporation
		 	140 Technology Drive
		 	Warren, NJ 07059
		 	United States
		
		 	Attention: Matthew Douglas
		 	Telecopier No.: 1 908.546.4504
	
	                             with a copy to:

		
		 	Andrew Corporation
		 	Andrew Legal Department
		 	3 Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 900
		 	Westchester, Illinois 60154
		 	United States
		
		 	Attention: James Petelle
		 	Telecopier No.: 1 708 492 3823
	 if to Supplier:    Elcoteq SE
	 	
		 	Group Office
		 	Sinimaentie 8B
		 	P.O. Box 8
		 	Fl-02631 Espoo
		 	Finland
		
		 	Attention: Sari Kolu
		 	Telecopier No.: 358 (0) 10 41 311
	
	                             with a copy to:

		
		 	Elcoteq Americas
		 	909 Lake Carolyn Parkway
		 	5th Floor
		 	Irving, TX 75039
		 	United States
		
		 	Attention: David Murphy
		 	Telecopier No.: 1 517 545 9372

 Any such notice or other communication shall be deemed to have been given and received on the day
on which it was personally delivered or transmitted by telecopier, receipt confirmed (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next following Business Day) or, if mailed, on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date of mailing or, if couriered overnight, on the second (2nd) Business 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 33        

  

 
Day following the date of couriering; provided, however, that, if at the time of mailing or within three (3) Business Days thereafter there is or occurs
a labor dispute or other event which might reasonably be expected to disrupt the delivery of documents by mail, any notice or other communication hereunder shall be delivered or transmitted by means of telecopier as aforesaid. 
 Either Party may change its address for service at any time by giving notice to the other Party in accordance with this Article 27. 
 ARTICLE 28 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS/ARBITRATION 
  

	28.1	If an unresolved dispute arises out of, or relates to, this Agreement or an Order, the Parties agree to attempt to resolve the dispute in the following manner:

  

	 	(a)	The Parties shall first attempt to resolve the dispute at the executive level in the geographical region in which the dispute arises. The Parties shall have ten (10) Business
Days to resolve the dispute; 

  

	 	(b)	In the event that the dispute is not resolved as provided in (a) above, either Party shall issue notice to the other Party outlining the nature of the dispute. The Oversight
Committee shall have ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice (as defined in Article 27) to resolve the dispute; and 

  

	 	(c)	in the event that the dispute is not resolved by the Oversight Committee within ten (10) Business Days, the dispute shall be submitted to the President of Company and Chief
Operating Officer of Supplier’s parent company for resolution within a further ten (10) Business Days. 

  

	28.2	If the Parties have been unsuccessful in resolving a dispute pursuant to Article 28.1, the Parties shall refer the dispute to a panel of three (3) arbitrators. The
arbitration shall be final and binding. The arbitration, including arguments and briefs, shall be in the English language. The arbitrators may not limit, expand or otherwise modify the term of this Agreement or award exemplary or punitive damages.
The arbitrators shall apply the substantive (not conflicts) Laws of the applicable jurisdiction set out in Attachment R. Judgment upon the award rendered in the arbitration may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall
bear its own expenses and an equal share of the expenses and fees of the arbitration, except that the arbitrators may award reasonable attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party. The Parties, their representatives, other participants and the
arbitrators shall hold the existence, content and result of the arbitration in confidence. The three (3) arbitrators shall be selected and the arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, when
the Law applicable in the arbitration is the Law of any of the United States of America, and in such case the arbitration shall be held in Chicago, Illinois. The three (3) arbitrators shall be selected and the arbitration shall be conducted
pursuant to the rules of the International Chamber of Commerce, when the Law applicable in the arbitration is Swiss Law, and in such case the arbitration shall be held in Switzerland. When and if transactions under this Agreement become subject to
the Law of any other jurisdiction, the three (3) arbitrators shall be selected and the arbitration conducted pursuant to rules of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitration shall be held in Chicago, Illinois, unless the Parties
otherwise mutually agree. 

  

	28.3	Nothing in this Article shall be construed to preclude either Party from seeking injunctive or other affirmative relief in order to protect its rights pending dispute resolution in
accordance with Articles 28.1 or 28.2. 

 ARTICLE 29 – ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING 
  

	29.1    (a)	 Subject to Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Supplier shall have the right to subcontract any or all of its obligations
under this 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 34        

  

	 	 
Agreement to an Affiliate of Supplier or a third party subcontractor, including, expressly, an Affiliate of Supplier’s parent, Elcoteq SE, provided
Supplier remains responsible for the performance of such Affiliate or subcontractor. Subject to Sub-article 29.1(b) below, Supplier shall be responsible to Company for all services performed by Supplier’s subcontractor(s) in connection with the
fulfillment of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement at any tier. Supplier shall cause its Affiliates to which it has subcontracted any or all of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with this Article 29.1 to abide by the
terms and conditions of this Agreement. All references to Supplier in this Agreement shall be deemed to be, where applicable, a reference to Supplier’s Affiliates and subcontractors to which Supplier has subcontracted any or all of its
obligations under this Agreement in accordance with this Article 29.1. 

  

	 	(b)	The Parties acknowledge that at the Effective Date it will be necessary for Supplier to utilize certain subcontractors that Company has utilized in its manufacture of certain
Products that Supplier will produce and sell under the terms of this Agreement, to wit: BTG International HD S.R.L, C.G.B Telecomsystem S.R.L., and R.T.T. Romania Telecomunication (“Company Chosen Subcontractors”). Supplier commits to use
such Company Chosen Subcontractors for a minimum of six (6) months following the Effective Date, provided that Supplier shall have the right to engage other subcontractors or itself to perform work necessary to avoid negative impacts on
scheduled deliveries to Company. Notwithstanding Sub-article 29.1(a) above, until such time as Supplier has qualified a Company Chosen Subcontractor in accordance with its standard qualification procedures, or nine (9) months following the
Effective Date, whichever first occurs, Supplier shall not be responsible for defects in workmanship in or delays in delivery of Products sold to Company that result solely from defects in workmanship in or delays in delivery of items produced or
services performed by such subcontractor; provided, however, that such excuse of Supplier’s liability shall not apply: 

  

	 	(i)	With respect to defects of such subcontractor that Supplier discovered or should have discovered before delivery of the Product; 

  

	 	(ii)	With respect to defects or delays that would or should not have occurred had Supplier exercised commercially reasonable measures of management and control of such subcontractor; and

  

	 	(iii)	With respect to obligations imposed by Supplier on the subcontractor that are additional to and/or different than the obligations that were owed by such subcontractor to Company.

  

	29.2	This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding on and enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign
this Agreement or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that either Party may assign any part(s) of this Agreement or this Agreement to
any of its Affiliates or to a successor to all or substantially all of its business, provided that (i) such assignee executes an agreement with the non-assigning Party and the assigning Party whereby the assignee agrees to be bound hereunder,
and (ii) Supplier is satisfied that the proposed assignee has the financial capacity and creditworthiness to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. 

  

	29.3	 In the event that Company intends to sell all or any part of a Product line or all or a portion of its business to a third party and Company wishes to maintain
continuity of supply of such Products as part of the terms of such sale, Company shall notify Supplier of such sale as soon as is reasonably practicable prior to such sale (subject to confidentiality requirements). Subject to Supplier:
(a) executing an interim manufacturing agreement with such third party, which contains confidentiality and intellectual property terms agreeable to Supplier and such third party, and (b) being satisfied, acting reasonably, that the third
party has the financial capacity and 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 35        

  

	 	 
creditworthiness to fulfill its obligations to Supplier under such agreement, Supplier shall continue to manufacture such Products for such third party after
such sale, on the same economic terms as under this Agreement, for a period of six (6) months. Supplier agrees to use good-faith efforts to negotiate a new manufacturing supply agreement with such third party for such Products, prior to the end
of such six (6) month period. 

  

	29.4	Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article 29, Company. may at any time and without consent of Supplier, assign this Agreement to its then current parent
company, if any. 

 ARTICLE 30 – ATTENDANCE AT SUPPLIER’S FACILITY 
  

	30.1	Upon reasonable prior notice and subject to complying with Supplier’s plant rules and regulations, internal security and confidentiality requirements, security clearance
regulations and other procedures as applicable, Company may place one or more personnel in Supplier’s facility at which Supplier manufactures Products for Company under this Agreement to carry out the functions Company may deem necessary in the
portion of the facility in which Supplier kits Material and manufactures, inspects, repairs, distributes and ships Product. Compensation for such personnel shall be borne by Company. Supplier agrees to furnish such personnel with reasonable working
facilities, as necessary, to perform their work, which shall include access during normal working hours to areas where Product is manufactured, repaired, stored and distributed, all at no charge to Company. If requested by Company, Supplier shall
also provide office space and support services as required at Company’s expense at Supplier’s actual cost. 

 ARTICLE 31 –
AUDIT 
  

	31.1	Supplier shall maintain accurate and complete records including, but not limited to, (i) a physical inventory, if applicable, of all costs incurred under this Agreement which
may affect: (a) verification, re-determination, or revision of Product prices under this Agreement; (b) termination charges payable by Company under this Agreement; (c) all costs incurred for Tooling purchased under this Agreement;
(d) Product quality conformance; (e) compliance with approved manufacturing, distribution, warranty and repair processes and adherence to Company’s BOM and AVL; (f) inventory of Company Material and Supplier-Controlled Custom
Material used to manufacture Product and Supplier-Controlled Commercially Purchased Items; (g) conformance with Specifications; and (h) volumes purchased and purchase prices paid for all Material procured in the performance of this
Agreement; and (ii) at Company’s option, for environmental assessment purposes, all applicable records relating to the life cycle of any Product manufactured under this Agreement. 

  

	31.2	The records referenced in Article 31.1 shall be maintained in accordance with recognized commercial accounting practices so they may be readily reviewed in accordance with Article
31.3 and shall be held until all costs and compliance with the terms of this Agreement have been finally determined and payment or final adjustment of payment under this Agreement or the necessary corrective action under this Agreement has been
taken. 

  

	31.3	 Company shall, at its cost and expense, have the right exercisable on a quarterly basis upon reasonable notice to Supplier during Supplier’s normal business
hours to examine and audit (“Audit”) the records described in Article 31.1. The Parties agree that such Audits shall conform to procedures mutually agreed upon by the parties. No such audits shall be made later than two (2) calendar
year(s) after the later of (a) final delivery date of Product ordered or completion of Services rendered or (b) two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement. If Company identifies any issues or concerns related to such
records and the pricing of the Product or the Services, Company shall provide a statement to Supplier setting out in reasonable detail the nature of such issues or concerns. Supplier and Company shall attempt to resolve the matters in dispute in a
timely manner and make such adjustments, if any, to the pricing of the relevant Products or Services as may be required. For certainty, Company acknowledges and agrees that any right to review and Audit under this Article 31.3 may be limited by and
is subject to any 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 36        

  

	 	 
confidentiality obligations that Supplier or its Affiliates may have to Material vendors or other suppliers and subcontractors as well as limitations imposed
by Law or regulatory requirements. 

 ARTICLE 32 – BANKRUPTCY AND TERMINATION FOR FINANCIAL INSECURITY 
  

	32.1	Either Party may terminate this Agreement by notice to the other Party (a) if the other Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors (other than solely an assignment
of moneys due); or (b) if the other Party evidences an inability to pay debts as they generally become due, unless adequate assurance of its ability to pay is provided within thirty (30) Business Days of such notice.

  

	32.2	If a proceeding is commenced under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code or the bankruptcy and/or insolvency legislation of any other jurisdiction, voluntary or
involuntary, by or against either Party, and this Agreement has not been terminated, the non-debtor Party may file a request with the bankruptcy court to have the court set a date within sixty (60) Business Days after the commencement of the
case, by which the debtor Party will assume or reject this Agreement, and the debtor Party shall cooperate and take whatever steps necessary to assume or reject this Agreement by such date. 

 ARTICLE 33 - CHOICE OF LAW 
  

	33.1	All disputes with respect to purchases under this Agreement of Products that are manufactured at or delivered from any location in the United States, Mexico or Canada, and all
performance of the Parties related thereto, including Warranty and out-of-Warranty Services, wherever performed, shall be governed by the Laws of the State of Illinois, United States of America, excluding its choice of laws rules and excluding the
Convention for the International Sale of Goods. With respect to disputes between the Parties that are herein agreed to be subject to Illinois Law, the Parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in Illinois.

  

	33.2	Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Parties in writing, this Agreement and all transactions under it and all performance of the Parties related thereto shall be governed by the
Laws of Switzerland, excluding its choice of laws rules and excluding the Convention for the International Sale of Goods. With respect to disputes between the Parties that are herein agreed to be subject to Swiss Law, the Parties agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the courts (provincial, state, national and federal) of Switzerland. 

 ARTICLE 34 – CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION 
  

	34.1	Any Company Proprietary Information provided or made available by Company or its Affiliates to or coming into possession of Supplier and its Affiliates and any Supplier Proprietary
Information provided or made available by Supplier or its Affiliates to or coming into the possession of Company and/or its Affiliates shall be deemed for the purposes of this Agreement to be “Confidential Information” of the Party
disclosing (“discloser”) such information to the other Party (“recipient”), except if such information disclosed to recipient is: (i) in or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of recipient; (ii) disclosed
to recipient by a third party without breach of any obligation or other restriction; (iii) known to recipient at the time of disclosure and has been so documented prior to receipt thereof; or (iv) independently developed by recipient
without access to any information furnished to it by discloser and has been or is so documented. 

  

	34.2	All Confidential Information shall, as between the Parties, be owned and remain the sole and exclusive property of discloser. All Confidential Information of discloser shall be held
in confidence by recipient, shall be protected from all harm, loss, theft and unauthorized access and, if in a form of any physical medium of any kind, returned by recipient upon request of discloser. Upon the termination or expiration of this
Agreement, each Party shall return to the other Party all Confidential Information of the other party in its possession or certify in writing that such Confidential Information has been destroyed. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 37        

  

	34.3	Recipient shall not use the Confidential Information for any purposes other than those contemplated under this Agreement. 

  

	34.4	The existence and terms of this Agreement shall be treated as Confidential Information; provided, however, that either of the Parties may disclose the existence and terms of this
Agreement to: (i) their respective legal and financial advisors; (ii) their underwriters and their respective counsel, as part of their due diligence in connection with any offering of securities of such Party; (iii) their lenders and
their counsel, as part of their due diligence in connection with any financings; (iv) their Affiliates having a need to know; (v) stock exchanges, securities commissions or other similar bodies (including in public filings) or (i) to
any governmental investigative or judicial agency pursuant to proceedings over which such agency has jurisdiction, to the extent required by Laws; provided, however, that prior to any such disclosure, the receiving party shall (a) assert the
confidential nature of the confidential information to the agency; (b) immediately notify the disclosing party in writing of the agency’s order or request to disclose; and (c) cooperate fully with the disclosing party in protecting
against any such disclosure or seeking redaction and/or obtaining a protective order narrowing the scope of the compelled disclosure and protecting its confidentiality. 

  

	34.5	The Parties agree that Confidential Information shall be disclosed to only those people within their respective organizations, including Affiliates, who have a need to know the
information for the purposes of this Agreement or to those third party consultants, other than those referred to in Article 34.4, and subcontractors who have agreed to be bound by the confidentiality terms contained herein. Nothing herein shall be
deemed to permit disclosure of Confidential Information to any of Company’s customers without prior written approval of Company. 

  

	34.6	Each Party represents and warrants that it has the right to disclose to the other the information disclosed under this Agreement. Neither Party shall, without consent or approval,
at any time disclose to the other Party any information that is confidential or otherwise restricted by reason of any oral, written or implied agreement or other understanding it has with any third party. 

  

	34.7	Each Party acknowledges that monetary damages may provide an inadequate remedy in the event of a breach of this Article by the other Party, and each Party shall be entitled to
injunctive or other affirmative relief and/or to give notice of default pursuant to this Agreement, or both against the other Party. 

  

	34.8	NEITHER PARTY SHALL, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE OTHER PARTY, PUBLICLY ANNOUNCE THE EXISTENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT OR DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
CONTENTS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED THE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF BOTH PARTIES AND BE POSSESSED AND USED SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THIS ARTICLE 34. 

 ARTICLE 35 – DEFAULT 
  

	35.1	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Article 42.1: 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to paragraph (c) below, in the event Supplier shall be in material breach of any of the terms, conditions, or covenants of this Agreement and such breach shall continue
for a period of sixty (60) Business Days after the giving of written notice to Supplier thereof by Company, then in addition to all other rights and remedies which Company may have at law or equity or otherwise, Company shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement without any charge to or obligation or liability of Company (other than as set forth in Article 13). 

  

	 	(b)	 Subject to paragraph (c) below, in the event Company shall be in material breach of any of the terms, conditions, or covenants of this Agreement and such
breach shall continue for a period of sixty (60) Business Days after the giving of written notice to Company 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 38        

  

	 	 
thereof by Supplier, then in addition to all other rights and remedies which Supplier may have at law or equity or otherwise, Supplier shall have the right
to terminate this Agreement without any charge to or obligation or liability of Supplier. 

  

	 	(c)	Prior to issuing a notice of material breach to the other Party in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) above, as applicable, the notifying party shall have requested an
emergency meeting of the Oversight Committee to consider and resolve the claimed material breach. Should the Oversight Committee fail to agree on a resolution to the claimed material breach within ten (10) days of such request, the notifying
Party may declare the other Party in material breach and may serve notice in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) above, as applicable. 

 ARTICLE 36 – DEVELOPED INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS 
  

	36.1	Except as may otherwise be agreed by the Parties, the terms of this Article 36 apply to intellectual property of the Parties used in the performance of the Parties’ respective
obligations under this Agreement. Supplier agrees that Supplier shall and, where applicable, shall have Supplier’s Affiliates, employees, consultants, subcontractors (but only those subcontractors permitted pursuant to Section 29.1),
representatives or agents (collectively “Supplier Associates”) disclose and furnish promptly to Company all Company IP. Supplier further agrees that all Company IP, other than any Supplier Background Information incorporated therein and
all Company Background Information, shall be: (i) solely and exclusively owned (including all right, title and interest thereto) by Company, and Supplier shall take all reasonable actions which Company may request in order to vest and document
such ownership in Company, (ii) kept in confidence by Supplier and Supplier Associates in accordance with Article 34, and (iii) used by Supplier and Supplier Associates only for the purposes of performing Supplier’s obligations in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If such Company IP includes, or requires for its use, any Supplier Background Information, Supplier agrees to grant and hereby grants to Company an irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free,
non-transferable, sub-licensable (as provided in Article 36.4) license to use and copy such Supplier Background Information to the extent required for Company to manufacture, distribute, test, repair or service Products. Ownership of the
Supplier Background Information shall remain with Supplier. Company agrees to grant and hereby grants to Supplier a revocable (upon termination of this Agreement), non-exclusive, world-wide, royalty-free, non-transferable license to use and copy
Company IP and Company Background Information, but only to the extent required for Supplier or Supplier Associates to manufacture, distribute, test, repair or service Products under this Agreement. 

  

	36.2	Any Developed IP which is developed jointly by the Parties and which is not Company IP (“Co-Developed IP”) shall be owned jointly by the Parties, each of which
shall have an equal undivided joint interest therein. Company and Supplier agree that they shall each have the right to use the Co-Developed IP and grant licenses for the use of the Co-Developed IP without the consent of, and without accounting to,
the other party. 

  

	36.3	The Parties acknowledge and agree that as between Supplier and Company, Supplier shall solely and exclusively own all right, title and interest in and to all aspects of all
Developed IP originated or developed by Supplier or Supplier Associates that is not Company IP or Co-Developed IP (“Supplier IP”). Where Supplier IP is necessary to permit Company to ensure Product continuity, consistency and/or ongoing
sources of supply (such Supplier IP being “Supplier Product IP”), Supplier agrees to grant and hereby grants to Company an irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, non-transferable, sub-licensable (as provided in Article 36.4) license to
use and copy such Supplier Product IP, but only to the extent required for Company to manufacture, distribute, test, repair or service Products. 

  

	36.4	 If Supplier fails to deliver or is unwilling to produce a Product, if Supplier is in breach of this Agreement, if Company terminates this Agreement for cause, or if
Company is entitled under Article 42 or any other provision of this Agreement to purchase Products from sources other than 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 39        

  

	 	 
Supplier, Company may grant a sub-license to the Background Information licensed to it in Article 36.1 and/or a sub-license to the Supplier Product IP
licensed to it in Article 36.3, but only for the purpose of any such sub-licensee (“Sublicensee”) manufacturing, distributing, testing, repairing or servicing Products for Company, provided that any Sublicensee of the Supplier Background
Information or the Supplier Product IP acknowledges in writing, for the benefit of Supplier, that it will observe and be bound by all of Company’s confidentiality obligations under this Agreement in respect of the sublicensed Supplier
Background Information or Supplier Product IP, as the case may be. Supplier Background Information and Supplier IP shall be deemed to be Confidential Information of Supplier pursuant to Article 35. 

  

	36.5	The Parties agree that this Article 36 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any development agreement relating to the subject matter herein, which the Parties may enter
into subsequent to the date of this Agreement, to the extent such terms and conditions are inconsistent with terms of this Article 36. 

 ARTICLE 37 - DOCUMENTATION NEEDED FOR PREFERENTIAL DUTY TREATMENT 
  

	37.1	Supplier shall provide Company with a valid, accurately completed certificate of origin prior to the first shipment of Product sufficient to be used by Company as proof of
eligibility for any applicable duty preferential treatment programs. Supplier further agrees to cooperate to Company in the substantiation of preferential duty program claims, preparation of responses to customs inquiries, or other treaty claims
that arise out of Product shipped under this Agreement or any Order. Supplier shall notify Company prior to making any pricing or sourcing changes for Product that may affect the application of preferential duty treatment programs.

 ARTICLE 38 - DUTY DRAWBACK 
  

	38.1	Company reserves the right to claim duty drawback on all purchases from Supplier. In the event that Company wishes to exercise this right, the Parties shall determine the
feasibility and cost associated with implementing a duty drawback program as a Service in accordance with Article 4. 

 ARTICLE 39 –
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 
  

	39.1	Supplier warrants with respect to Supplier’s manufacturing and repair operations involved in the performance of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement that it intends
no later than three (3) years from the date of acquisition of such manufacturing and repair services to implement elements of an internationally then recognized Environmental Management System (“EMS”) standard, for example ISO 14001:
1996, or the Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (“EMAS”) for certification by an accredited third party registrar; or, where such certification already exists, that it will maintain such certification in good standing with the third party
registrar. 

  

	39.2	In the event that Company requests Supplier to accelerate the adoption of an EMS standard in order to enable Company to meet a requirement of its customer, the Parties shall
negotiate in good faith the timing for achieving such standards or certifications. 

  

	39.3	Supplier commits to provide to Company, on a regular basis, environmental performance data on both Products and processes, as may be mutually agreed by the Parties.

  

	39.4	Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 39, Supplier shall develop and maintain the records required in Article 40. 

 ARTICLE 40 – ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES 
  

	40.1	 Supplier warrants to Company that none of the substances that have been banned by Company for Products, processes and/or packaging materials, as listed in
Specification B71SQM01-1, dated June 9.2006, titled “Supplier Requirements for Control and Reporting of Material Content”, or 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 40        

  

	 	 
other comparable Specification as set forth in the applicable Product Plan or other agreement of the Parties (as may be modified from time to time by Company
through the issuance of an Engineering Change Order in accordance with Article 59.3), are used or will be used by Supplier in the manufacture, processing or packaging of Product supplied to Company, or that it is working to reduce and will, in an
expeditious manner, eliminate their use. If Supplier is not the manufacturer of the Material used in the Product, Supplier shall work with the Material vendor to reduce and will, in an expeditious manner, eliminate the use of such substances. Upon
request, and at no charge to Company, Supplier shall provide to Company certificates of compliance certifying that its processes, the Products and the packaging and/or packaging Material provided under this Agreement are in compliance with the
requirements set forth above in this Article 41.1. 

  

	40.2	For those Products where Supplier has any level of design control (including Material and/or vendor selection), Supplier shall: 

  

	 	(a)	Use reasonable efforts to minimize the use of environmentally hazardous substances in such Products, processes and packing Materials as listed in Specification B71SQM01-1, dated
June 9.2006, titled “Supplier Requirements for Control and Reporting of Material Content”, or other comparable Specification as set forth in the applicable Product Plan or other agreement of the Parties, as may be modified from time
to time by Company through the issuance of an Engineering Change Order in accordance with Article 59.3; 

  

	 	(b)	Establish and/or maintain a program of tracking the use of environmentally hazardous substances, at a minimum covering the substances referenced in said Specification B71SQM01-1, or
other comparable Specification as set forth in the applicable Product Plan or other agreement of the Parties, in any such Products or Services, including any packing materials, provided to Company by Supplier; 

  

	 	(c)	Report to Company the use of environmentally hazardous substances, at a minimum covering the substances referenced in said Specification B71SQM01-1, in any Products or Services,
including any packing Materials, or other comparable Specification as set forth in the applicable Product Plan or other agreement of the Parties, provided to Company. Updates on usage will be provided to Company by Supplier on a per change basis;
and 

  

	 	(d)	Upon Company’s request, provide, within a reasonable time frame, information on Materials added to said Specification B71SQM01-1, or other comparable Specification as set forth
in the applicable Product Plan, or other agreement of the Parties. 

  

	40.3	For those Products that Company declares must be compliant with RoHs and WEEE directives and/or similar governmental directives (the “directives”), Supplier agrees:

  

	 	(a)	As of the earlier of the Effective Date and the effective date(s) of such directives, that Supplier’s processes and such Products and the packaging therefore will be in
compliance with the terms and conditions of the directives, which are described on the Andrew Corporation website and which may be changed from time-to-time; 

  

	 	(b)	Except to the extent that Company may indicate as to specific vendors that Supplier does not need to do so, that Supplier will, at no charge to Company, use commercially reasonable
efforts to collect, on templates provided or approved by Company, material data sheets and/or certificates of compliance with the directives from vendors of the Material and Commercially Purchased Items that Supplier in fulfillment of this
Agreement, and that, further, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to assure the accuracy thereof, including the accuracy of any claimed exemptions to compliance; 

  

	 	(c)	 That with respect to such Products Supplier will provide to Company, upon request or and at no charge to Company, Certificates of Compliance certifying that
Supplier’s processes, the 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 41        

  

	 	 
Products and the packaging and/or packaging Material provided under this Agreement are in compliance with the requirements set forth above in this Article
40.3; 

  

	 	(d)	That with respect to such Commercially Purchased Items Supplier will provide to Company, upon request and at no charge to Company, a copy of the vendor’s certificate of
compliance collected by Supplier; and 

  

	 	(e)	That Supplier will maintain records pursuant to Article 59.6 with respect to its compliance with the requirements of this Article 40.3 for a period no less than seven
(7) years. Such records shall include the material data sheets and/or certificates of compliance collected by Supplier. 

 Unless the Product Plan or Company expressly requires otherwise in writing, for purposes of this clause, Company shall be presumed to have declared compliance with WEEE/RoHS to be required with respect to any Product supplied under this
Agreement. Company shall make reasonable efforts to indicate in the Product Plan or other documentation provided to Supplier prior to manufacture of a Product, the scope of compliance with such directives required by Company (e.g., 5-6 vs. 6-6). In
any case, however, before manufacturing any specific Product for sale to Company hereunder, Supplier shall confirm whether such compliance is required. 
  

	40.4	In the event that Supplier is unable to furnish Products and/or Commercially Purchased Items meeting the requirements of Articles 40.1 – 40.3, or is unable or unwilling to
provide certificates of compliance as required therein, Supplier shall promptly inform Company in writing of the reason(s) therefor. Supplier shall not furnish under this Agreement any Product or Commercially Produced Item that is the subject of
such a writing, unless and until Company shall give Supplier Company’s written permission to do so. 

  

	40.5	If Supplier furnishes any Product or Commercially Purchased Item in violation of the provisions of this Article without approval of Company as provided in Article 40.4, then in
addition to all other remedies to which Company may be entitled, Supplier shall bear the expense of any recall that may be necessary and also the expense of implementing a prompt workaround that will eliminate the non-compliance, which may include
(i) removing the offending material and substituting compliant material, (ii) removing the prohibited excess of non-compliant material, or (iii) substituting a functionally equivalent item. Supplier shall also bear the expense of
correcting the non-compliance or substituting functionally equivalent, compliant, products going forward. Further, notwithstanding any limitation that may exist therein, Supplier shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless, Company, Ordering
Companies, and their Affiliates and their customers against any claims that may arisen as a result of Supplier’s breach of this Article 40. The right to indemnity hereunder includes the right to recover any damages or penalties that may be
required to pay to customers to whom the non-compliant material was furnished. 

 ARTICLE 41 - EXPORT CONTROL 
  

	41.1	Supplier shall not use, distribute, transfer or transmit any Products, software or technical information (even if incorporated into other Products) provided to it by Company under
this Agreement except in compliance with all applicable export laws and regulations (the “Export Laws”). Supplier shall not, directly or indirectly, export or re-export the following items to any country, without the appropriate export
authorization, as specified in the applicable Export Laws: (a) software or technical data disclosed or provided to Supplier by Company or Company’s Affiliates; or (b) the direct product of such software or technical data. The
obligations stated in this Article 41.1 will survive the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement or any other related agreement. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 42        

  

 ARTICLE 42 - FORCE MAJEURE 
  

	42.1	Neither Party shall be held responsible for any delay or failure in performance of any part of this Agreement to the extent such delay or failure is caused by fire, flood, strike,
civil, governmental or military authority, act of God, or other similar causes beyond its control and without the fault or negligence of the delayed or non-performing Party or its subcontractors. Supplier’s liability for loss of or damage to
Company’s Product, Material or Tooling in Supplier’s possession or control shall not be modified by this Article 42.1. When a Party’s delay or nonperformance due to a cause referred to in this Article 42.1 continues or may be
reasonably expected to continue for a period of at least thirty (30) Business Days, the other Party may terminate, at no charge except for the expressed liabilities set forth in Article 13, any affected Order under this Agreement and Company
may purchase the Products subject to such terminated Order from a source other than Supplier. Any failure by Company to comply with its Purchase Commitment as a result of purchases of Products from a source other than Supplier pursuant to this
Article 42.1 shall be subject to the applicable Attachment C. When a Party’s delay or nonperformance due to a cause referred to in this Article 42.1 continues or may be reasonably expected to continue for a period of at least ninety
(90) Business Days, the other Party may terminate this Agreement, at no charge except for the expressed liabilities set forth in Article 13, the Agreement. 

 ARTICLE 43 - IDENTIFICATION 
  

	43.1	Neither Party shall, without the other Party’s prior written consent or request as set out in Article 50.2, make public use of any trade name, trademark, logo, or any
other designation or drawing of such other Party or its Affiliates. 

 ARTICLE 44 – INDEMNITY 
  

	44.1	Supplier shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company and its Affiliates against claims and actions brought by or on behalf of third parties in respect of any Losses to such
third parties that may arise or be asserted, based directly or indirectly, upon death or personal injury or damage of any kind to any person or property claimed to have resulted from any defect in Supplier’s or its subcontractor’s’
workmanship or defect in any item or Service furnished under this Agreement (excluding defects caused by or arising, directly or indirectly, out of any Specifications or other Company Proprietary Information supplied or written instructions given
by, or on behalf of, the Company), or any defect in any of the items (except to the extent that pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement Supplier is not responsible for such defect) sold to, or Services supplied to, Company or any other entity
hereunder, or due to failure to comply with the Specifications established hereunder. For purposes hereof, the Parties agree that Losses includes economic loss, including the cost of rework or recalls. 

  

	44.2	Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Supplier and its Affiliates against all claims and actions brought by or on behalf of third parties (other than Affiliates of
Supplier) in respect of any Losses to such third parties that may arise or be asserted, based directly or indirectly, upon death or personal injury or damage of any kind to any person or property claimed to have resulted from the gross negligence or
willful acts of Company or where Supplier has complied with the Specifications and/or with the Company Proprietary Information supplied and Company’s manufacturing processes and written instructions given by, or on behalf of, the Company in
manufacturing the Product, except to the extent that any such Losses are attributable to the gross negligence or willful act(s) of Supplier or its Affiliates, and their respective officers, employees or agents. 

  

	44.3	The foregoing indemnities are in addition to any specific indemnity set forth in any of the provisions of this Agreement. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 43        

  

 ARTICLE 45 – INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY 
  

	45.1	Supplier shall indemnify, defend and save harmless Company, its Affiliates and their customers, agents, officers, directors, and employees (all referred to in this Article 45.1 as
“Company”) from and against any Losses that result from any claims (referred to in this Article 45.1 as “Infringement Claims”) brought against Company by or on behalf of a third party,, arising from or in connection with the
violation of a third party’s proprietary rights, including trade-secret, proprietary-information, trademark, copyright or patent rights, in connection with the performance by Supplier of its obligations under this Agreement, except for such
claims for which Company shall indemnify Supplier set out in Article 45.2. Supplier shall be solely in control of defending or settling, at its own expense, any demand, action, or suit on any such Infringement Claim. Company shall cooperate in good
faith and assist Supplier, at Supplier’s expense, to defend any such Infringement Claim, and Company shall make no statement or take any action which might hamper or undermine Supplier’s defense or settlement thereof. If Supplier fails to
assume control of or defend any Infringement Claim as provided herein within a reasonable time, Company shall be entitled to assume such control. In such event, Supplier shall be bound by the results obtained by Company with respect to such
Infringement Claim. 

  

	45.2	Supplier’s obligation to indemnify under this Article 45, does not extend to Infringement Claims that arise: (i) from the compliance by Supplier with written
Specifications furnished or supplied or designated by Company; (ii) from the combination by Company of a Product with other equipment, products or apparatus not furnished by Supplier; (iii) from the material modification of Product by
Company made after delivery by Supplier; or (iv) from the compliance by Supplier with any process or method of manufacture, assembly or testing at the express written request of Company. 

 ARTICLE 46– INSURANCE  
  

	46.1    (a)	Supplier shall maintain and, unless the Parties otherwise agree, cause Supplier’s subcontractors to maintain the following minimum insurance limits and coverages during the
term of this Agreement: 

  

	 	(i)	Worker’s compensation insurance as prescribed by the law of the State or nation in which work is performed by Supplier or Supplier’s subcontractors under this Agreement;
and employer’s liability insurance with limits of at least $500,000 for each occurrence; 

  

	 	(ii)	Automobile liability insurance, if the use of motor vehicles is required in connection with the performance of Supplier’s obligations under this Agreement, with limits of at
least $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage for each occurrence; 

  

	 	(iii)	Commercial general liability (CGL) ISO 1988 or later occurrence form of insurance including contractual liability, products/completed operations with limits of at least $1,000,000
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage liability for each occurrence; 

  

	 	(iv)	Excess/umbrella liability insurance with limits of at least $10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate, following form to primary employer’s liability, automobile
liability and commercial general liability insurance policies; 

  

	 	(v)	All-risk property insurance including business interruption in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost value of any building and/or equipment
involved under this Agreement. Company shall be named as a loss payee as their interests may appear under this Agreement; and 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 44        

  

	 	(vi)	Where applicable, transit insurance including inland and ocean cargo with limits equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost value of the property being
shipped. 

  

	 	(b)	All such insurance should be primary and non-contributory and is required to respond and pay prior to any other insurance or self-insurance available. Any other coverage available
to Supplier shall apply on an excess basis. Supplier and its insurer(s) and anyone claiming by, through, under or on Supplier’s behalf shall have no claim, right of action or right of subrogation against Company and its customers based upon any
loss or liability insured against under the foregoing insurance. 

  

	 	(c)	Supplier shall, and shall cause its subcontractors to, furnish prior to the start of work by Supplier and/or Supplier’s subcontractors under this Agreement, Certificates of
Insurance or adequate proof of the foregoing insurance including, if specifically requested by Company, copies of the endorsements and insurance policies. Company shall be notified at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to cancellation of or
change in any such policy. Insurance companies providing such coverage shall be rated by A.M. Best with at least an A-rating. 

  

	46.2	Supplier shall allow Company’s representatives and representatives of Company’s insurance carrier to inspect Supplier’s plant(s) at which work is performed by
Supplier under this Agreement at all reasonable times for fire, flood and other hazards to Company’s property or to any other property for which Company is or may be responsible or that Company must rely upon for the performance of this
Agreement. 

 ARTICLE 47 - INVOICING 
  

	47.1	Except as provided in Article 47.4, Orders will be invoiced based on Price in effect at the time of the scheduled delivery under such Order and shall be paid in accordance with
Article 8. Supplier herein expressly agrees and represents that it will neither (i) withhold deliveries beyond the scheduled delivery date to benefit from any upcoming price increase, or (ii) advance delivery before the scheduled delivery
date to deprive Company of an upcoming price decrease, except to the extent Company may in writing request such delayed or advanced delivery. 

  

	47.2	Unless otherwise specified in an Order, for each delivery or shipment of Products or Commercially Purchased Items, Supplier shall: (a) render an original invoice to the
ordering party pursuant to the terms hereof, showing Agreement and Order number and all other information required to be placed on packing memoranda pursuant to Article 19.1, including serial numbers; and (b) mail invoices to the address shown
on the Order. Unless otherwise specified in an Order, if prepayment of transportation charges is authorized, Supplier shall include the transportation charges from the delivery point to the destination as a separate item on the invoice, stating the
name of the carrier used. 

  

	47.3	Supplier’s invoices for every international shipment of Product or Commercially Purchased Items will also include the following information for each item shipped: (a) a
complete noun description in English (unless otherwise specified in the Order) consistent with the harmonized tariff schedule, (b) a statement as to the country of origin of the Product or Commercially Purchased Item, (c) Andrew’s
Part Number for the Product or Commercially Purchased Item, (d) the price paid or payable by Company for the Product or Commercially Purchase Item shipped, (e) related assists, (f) an itemization of all charges for services related to
the international shipment of the Product or Commercially Purchased Item and whether these charges are included in the price paid or payable, (g) Supplier’s identification number, or in the absence of such number, the full address of
Supplier, (h) the terms of sale, and (j) if required by the Law of the destination country, a list of all serial numbers for Products shipped. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 45        

  

	47.4	Unless otherwise specified in an Order, Supplier’s invoices for Services shall be rendered upon completion of the Services as defined in the applicable Statement of Work or
Order and shall be payable in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 8 when the Services as defined in the applicable Statement of Work or Order have been performed to the reasonable satisfaction of Company. 

 ARTICLE 48 - LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 
  

	48.1	EXCEPT AS MAY BE PROVIDED IN ANY EXPRESS REMEDY PROVISIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ANY INDEMNITY LIQUIDATED DAMAGE PROVISIONS, NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS
AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES OF THE OTHER PARTY) OF THE OTHER PARTY, ITS SUCCESSORS,
ASSIGNS OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, AS A RESULT OF OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY ARISES IN TORT, CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, INDEMNIFICATION OR OTHERWISE. 

  

	48.2	Notwithstanding Article 48.1, if a Party (the terminating Party) purports to terminate this Agreement for any reason other than pursuant to Articles 32, 35 or 42 or any other
express right of termination set out in this Agreement, or otherwise purports to or does repudiate this Agreement, then the limitation of liability provided for in Article 48.1 shall not apply in respect of any claim made by the other Party against
the terminating Party. For certainty, Article 48.1 does not in any way limit any amounts which are due and payable by one Party to the other Party pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Attachments C.

  

	48.3	Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the other Party in accordance with Article 27 upon becoming aware of any claim under this Agreement and agrees to take
commercially reasonable steps to mitigate any Losses that may arise from such claims. 

 ARTICLE 49 – MANUFACTURING
RIGHTS/DISPOSITION OF UNIQUE EQUIPMENT 
  

	49.1	If at any time during the Term of this Agreement, Supplier is unable or unwilling to (a) deliver the Product requested by Company in full compliance with Company’s
Specifications and/or (b) meet, in all material respects, the delivery requirements of Company and at prices which conform to the terms of this Agreement and/or (c) address Company’s business need (market or otherwise driven) to
establish localized manufacturing in certain countries or regions of the world or, (d) upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Supplier agrees to sell to Company at Company’s request any special tooling or equipment, including
test equipment, which has been purchased by Supplier from Company solely for the purpose of manufacturing Products (provided that Supplier’s ability to sell such tooling and equipment to Company is not contractually limited or restricted), and
which is used by Supplier solely for the manufacture of those Products that Supplier has been unable or unwilling to deliver as described above in this Article 51.1. Supplier agrees to sell to Company at Company’s request any other special
tooling or equipment, including test equipment, which Supplier owns and is used uniquely by Supplier for the manufacture of Products for Company, providing that Supplier does not reasonably anticipate that it shall need such tooling or equipment for
the manufacture of products for any other customer within the subsequent six (6) months. Supplier also agrees to sell to Company at Company’s request, Material that is uniquely required to either manufacture the Product or to have the
requested Product manufactured elsewhere. Prices charged by Supplier to Company for such tooling, equipment or Material shall be [*]. Such tooling, equipment (including test equipment) or Material shall be removed on a mutually agreeable basis
without a significant delay from Supplier’s facility in a manner which will minimize interruptions to Supplier’s obligations and commitments to Company and other customers of Supplier. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 46        

  

	49.2	Supplier hereby agrees to maintain, in working condition for the Term of this Agreement, any such tooling or test equipment purchased from Company that Supplier has continued to
use, performing all routine and other maintenance as may be required in order to maintain the tooling and test equipment at the same level of functionality as when Supplier purchased such tooling and test equipment from Company. During the Term of
this Agreement, Supplier shall not sell such tooling and test equipment to any third party without the prior written consent of Company and Company shall always have the right of first refusal to repurchase the tooling and test equipment at [*].
Company shall not incur any additional expenses or costs as the result of the sale of any equipment initiated by Supplier. 

  

	49.3	In the event that Company terminates this Agreement prior to end of the Term for any reason other than for the fault of Supplier as provided in Articles 32 and 36 or any other
Article in this Agreement, Company agrees to purchase from Supplier at Supplier’s request any special tooling or equipment, including test equipment, that Supplier owns and is unique to the manufacture of Products, provided such items are in
good working order, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Prices charged by Supplier to Company for such tooling or equipment shall be [*]. Such tooling or equipment (including test equipment) shall be removed on a mutually agreeable basis without a
significant delay from Supplier’s facility in a manner which will minimize interruptions to Supplier’s obligations and commitments to Company and other customers of Supplier. 

 ARTICLE 50 – MARKING 
  

	50.1	All Products or Commercially Purchased Items furnished under this Agreement shall be marked for identification purposes in accordance with the Product and packaging Specifications
as set forth by Company’s ordering location or elsewhere in this Agreement and shall indicate the following: (a) Product/serial number; (b) month and year of manufacture; and (c) country of origin. Notwithstanding any
Specification of any customer of Company referred to in this Agreement, the name of such customer of Company or any other entity (other than Company) shall not be affixed to any Product or Commercially Purchased Item without the written approval of
Company. 

  

	50.2	Upon Company’s written request, trademarks, trade names, insignia, symbols, decorative designs or packaging designs designated by Company, or evidences of Company’s
inspection (each, “Insignia”) shall be properly affixed by Supplier to the Product furnished or its packaging. Such Insignia shall not be affixed, used or otherwise displayed on the Product furnished or in connection therewith without
written approval by Company. The manner in which such Insignia will be affixed must be approved by Company in accordance with standards established by Company. Company shall retain all right, title and interest in any and all packaging designs,
finished artwork and separations furnished to Supplier. This clause does not reduce or modify Supplier’s obligations under Article 34 and Article 43. 

 ARTICLE 51 – OFFSET CREDITS 
  

	51.1	Orders issued pursuant to this Agreement are placed with the expectation of current and/or anticipated future offset and localization obligations of Company or Ordering Companies or
their designated assignees to the government of the country in which Company’s (or the relevant Ordering Company’s) customer resides and that requires the provision of offset and localization. Supplier agrees to provide reasonable
assistance to Company or Ordering Companies or their designated assignees in any reasonable efforts to secure offset credit from the government of the country in which Company’s (or the relevant Ordering Company’s) customer resides in an
amount equal to the value of the Orders placed under this Agreement. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 47        

  

 ARTICLE 52 - OFFSETTING 
  

	52.1	Any claim of Supplier under this Agreement or any Order is subject to setoff or recoupment for any present or future claims that Company, and of its Affiliates and any Ordering
Entity may have against Supplier. 

 ARTICLE 53 - ORDERING COMPANIES AND APPROVED PURCHASERS 
  

	53.1	Company may designate in writing from time to time any of its Affiliates as an “Ordering Company” under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Agreement, Company may revoke the designation of any entity as an Ordering Company at any time. 

  

	53.2	Each Ordering Company shall be eligible to order Products, Commercially Purchased Items and Services on the same applicable terms and conditions, including the same prices, as set
forth in this Agreement; provided that (i) such Ordering Company shall have executed and delivered to Supplier an acknowledgement in the form of Attachment N, (ii) such Ordering Company shall have executed and delivered to Supplier such
further agreements, documents or instruments as Supplier may request, acting reasonably, and (iii) Supplier and such Ordering Company shall have entered into such additional agreements, instruments and other writings as may be necessary under
any applicable Laws. Any reference to Company in this Agreement shall, where applicable, be deemed to refer to any Ordering Company in respect of which the conditions in this Article 53.2 have been fulfilled. 

  

	53.3	Supplier agrees to permit Company to designate in writing any person as an “Approved Purchaser” to purchase Products, Commercially Purchased Items and Services from
Supplier from time to time pursuant to terms and conditions to be negotiated by the Approved Purchaser and Supplier. In the event that such terms and conditions are not negotiated, Supplier’s standard terms and conditions for the sale of
products and services shall apply. Any purchase order issued by an Approved Purchaser to Supplier shall be issued outside of, and will not be subject to, any terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall not be accepted by Supplier unless and
until the Approved Purchaser shall have assured Supplier in writing that its purchases are for the benefit of or transfer to Company, an Affiliate of Company or a customer of one of them. Such purchases by Approved Purchasers from Supplier shall be
at the prices determined in accordance with this Agreement. Supplier shall look only to the Approved Purchaser for performance of its respective obligations under such purchase orders between Supplier and the Approved Purchaser. Company may revoke
the designation of any entity as an Approved Purchaser at any time. 

 With respect to those items purchased by Approved
Purchasers, Company (or any Affiliate of Company) shall be entitled to all rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, indemnity, epidemic failure and warranty protection), as if Andrew had purchased such Products directly from
Supplier hereunder. All quantities of the items purchased by Approved Purchasers at the prices set forth in this Agreement shall accrue against any Company commitment to purchase Products that is or Company and Supplier may agree becomes a part of
this Agreement. 
  

	53.4	Supplier shall look solely to the Ordering Entity or Approved Purchaser submitting an Order hereunder for payment for all Products, Commercially Purchased Items or Services procured
pursuant to such Order and as to any disputed matter related thereto. 

 ARTICLE 54 – COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 
  

	54.1	Each Party and its agents shall, and shall cause its contractors and subcontractors to, comply in performance of its obligations under this Agreement at their own expense with all
applicable Laws. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 48        

  

 ARTICLE 55 – PACKING, LABELING AND SERIALIZATION 
  

	55.1	Supplier shall place Company’s specified bar code labels on all delivery and shipping packages and containers for Products and Commercially Purchased Items delivered or shipped
under this Agreement. 

  

	55.2	Products and Commercially Purchased Items purchased, repaired, replaced, or refurbished under this Agreement shall be packaged in accordance with the applicable Product Plan or as
otherwise mutually agreed. 

  

	55.3	For the purpose of tracking Warranty and repair availability on all Products provided by Supplier, Supplier shall establish and maintain a computerized tracking system acceptable to
Company, acting reasonably. Within sixty (60) days of the date of this Agreement, the Parties shall agree on a Specification for such system. Such Specification may be modified from time to time by Company through the issuance of an Engineering
Change Order in accordance with Article 59.3. 

 ARTICLE 56 - PROCESS CERTIFICATION 
  

	56.1	Company has the right, subject to the terms of Article 30, to review, inspect, and evaluate Supplier’s Material and supplies, Supplier’s facilities at which Supplier
manufactures Products or Company under this Agreement, including Material management systems and supply line management processes and procedures and Supplier’s sources for Material and supplies to the extent related to Supplier’s
performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Subject to the terms of Article 30, Company may request that Supplier extend the foregoing right to any customer of Company designated by it, or any designated customer of such a Company customer,
provided that any such extension shall be at Supplier’s discretion, acting reasonably. Company has the right to specify the types of Material used in the manufacture and/or repair of the Product and/or suppliers of Material at any time during
the Term of this Agreement. If such selection of Material impacts the previously agreed to Product prices, such subsequent Product prices shall be negotiated in good faith and mutually agreed to by the Parties. All changes to Material, supplies,
sites of manufacture and repair, and vendors must be approved in writing by Company. In regard to Supplier’s manufacturing and repair process for the Products, Company reserves the right, subject to the terms of Article 30, to perform periodic
quality audits, surveys, evaluations, and approvals, including, but not limited to, analysis of each manufacturing, assembly, and/or test position for acceptability of procedures, equipment calibration, test software including change control, and
operator performance, as well as evaluation of quality control/quality assurance and data collection and analysis procedures, to the extent related to Supplier’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. 

  

	56.2	Supplier shall conduct appropriate incoming inspection of Material used in the manufacture and repair of Products in accordance with Company specifications and shall maintain a
supplier control, approval, and corrective action process. Such standard practices shall be subject to audit and approval by Company and Company may require Supplier to implement recommended changes in order to facilitate Supplier’s manufacture
of conforming Product. Such practices may be modified from time to time to address specific conditions as requested by Company. 

  

	56.3	Subject to compliance with Article 30, Supplier agrees to provide Company reasonable access, so as not to interrupt Supplier’s production processes, to applicable test
equipment at Supplier’s facilities at which Products are manufactured under this Agreement in order for Company to (a) do test program development or (b) do final prove-in or acceptance of any test programs. 

ARTICLE 57 – PRODUCT CONFORMANCE 
  

	57.1	 Supplier shall establish and maintain agreements with product safety certification bodies or agencies and/or their assigned representatives as required to support
on-going product safety compliances for Products manufactured for Company under this Agreement. The product safety 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 49        

  

	 	 
certification of Products is the responsibility of Company, unless otherwise specifically agreed by the Parties. Compliance documentation required to support
on-going compliance inspections at Supplier’s manufacturing location(s) will be provided and maintained by Company. Costs associated with such inspection agreements and for the periodic on-going inspections are the responsibility of the
Company. Supplier shall have in place a quality process or program that specifically focuses on maintaining the on-going product safety compliance of Company’s certified Products. 

  

	57.2	Variations or issues found during product compliance audits by external agencies, bodies or their assigned representatives are to be immediately forwarded to the organization noted
as the applicant on the certification documentation or other Company personnel as specifically directed. Supplier shall include such variations or issues as found in these inspections in its quality system action register or tracking system.

  

	57.3	Supplier agrees to conform to any additional Specifications that Company may require in order for Company to meet special and unique requirements set by Company’s customers. In
such an event, any additional cost incurred by Supplier to conform to such additional Specifications shall be treated in accordance with Article 7. 

 ARTICLE 58 – PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION 
  

	58.1	Company may furnish, or instruct Supplier to acquire from Company’s designated documentation vendor at Company’s prices and expense Product documentation, and any changes
thereto, as described in the Specifications. Costs for such Product documentation shall be reflected in the Product price provided the Product documentation is included in the Product BOM. Otherwise, the costs for such Product documentation shall be
paid separately by Company to Supplier. 

 ARTICLE 59 - PRODUCT/SPECIFICATION/PROCESS CHANGES 
  

	59.1	Supplier shall not make any changes to the Products, Specifications or BOM (including engineering changes which affect the Product configurations) or create enhancements to the
Products providing additional features, functions or performance capabilities (such changes and enhancements referred to collectively in this Article 59.1 as “Change(s)”), without Company’s prior written consent. Supplier shall
promptly provide Company with written notice of any such proposed Changes by Supplier. Such notice shall include a summary of the likely impacts of the Change, including likely impacts on pricing, delivery and on the fit, form or function of the
Product. Company shall attempt to notify Supplier, within ten (10) days of receipt of Supplier’s Change request, of Company’s documented approval or disapproval. If Company agrees to Supplier’s proposed Change, all Product
affected by the Change and shipped after the effective date of the Change shall conform to the Change. Any such Change created by Supplier, in whole or in part, shall remain the exclusive property of Company, if not otherwise agreed by the Parties.
For certainty, ownership of any intellectual property arising in connection with any Change will be determined in accordance with the applicable terms of this Agreement. 

  

	59.2	Supplier shall not make any process changes that affect the form, fit or function of the Product, or adversely affect the quality, reliability, or cost of the Product, or relocate
the manufacture or repair of Product to another Supplier location without prior written consent of Company (“Process Changes”), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Company, in its sole discretion, does not agree to the
Process Change and Supplier elects to proceed with the Process Change, Supplier shall be in material breach of this Agreement. In such an event, in addition to all other rights and remedies at law or equity or otherwise, Company shall have the right
to terminate any or all Orders for Product affected by such Process Change. Company may purchase the terminated Product from a source other than Supplier by invoking all of its rights under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, Article 49.
Any failure by Company to comply with its Purchase Commitment as a result of purchases of Products from a source other than Supplier pursuant to this Article 59.2 shall be subject to any applicable Attachment C. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 50        

  

	59.3	Company may at any time during the manufacture or repair of Product by Supplier require modifications of or deviations to the Specifications (each, an “Engineering Change
Order”); provided, however, that Supplier shall have, after receipt of such Engineering Change Order and before being required to supply Product in conformance with such Engineering Change Order, a reasonable period of time to implement such
Engineering Change Order. Upon receipt of an Engineering Change Order from Company, Supplier shall provide within two (2) days to Company the date by which the Engineering Change Order can be implemented and any Material liability for which
Company is responsible for pursuant to Article 13 of this Agreement. Any price revision of Product as a result of such Engineering Change Order will be subject to good faith negotiations among the Parties. Notwithstanding any thing in this
Agreement, including this Article 59, to the contrary, Supplier shall make no charges or seek any price revision for effecting any Engineering Change Order noticed to Supplier during the first quarter following the Effective Date. During such first
quarter, the Parties shall evaluate the number of and costs related thereto experienced by Supplier. The Parties shall, acting reasonably, mutually agree on how to treat Engineering Change Order activity for the second quarter and going forward
based on the amount of Engineering Change Orders and resulting costs. 

  

	59.4	Supplier shall not make any software or hardware related changes to Supplier’s information systems that would impede previously established software or hardware interface(s)
with Company’s or Company’s customers’ information systems, without prior written approval of Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

  

	59.5	Subject to Article 30, Company shall have the right to perform an on-site assessment, upon Company’s or Supplier’s notification to the other party of such Process Changes
or Change(s) identified in Articles 59.1 and 59.2. Supplier shall be solely responsible for any liability associated with any such Process Changes or Changes made by Supplier without the written consent of Company. 

  

	59.6	At no charge to Company, Supplier agrees to establish a traceability process to Product level for all of its facilities at which it manufactures Products for Company under this
Agreement. This process shall include a procedure that defines the requirements for preserving the identity and origin of Products and provides the capability to isolate and recall suspect Products from use and trace the cause of failure to specific
lots or units of Products. Further, such process shall include the identification of specific Printed Circuit Board Assemblies to the finished Products in which they have been incorporated. Company may request Supplier to provide additional
information or to implement an integrated traceability system, subject to charges, which shall be mutually agreed before Supplier commences to provide such information. In this regard, Supplier agrees that upon request of Company Supplier will
provide a quote for modification of its processes to include identification of filter housings, by lot code, to the final Products in which they have been incorporated. 

 ARTICLE 60 – REGISTRATION AND REGISTRATION STANDARDS 
  

	60.1	When Products furnished under this Agreement are subject to any in-country certification and filing procedures required for countries in which the Products are to be sold, Supplier
shall adhere to Specifications and test instructions for such Products to ensure compliance governing labeling and requirements of Company’s customers. Company may periodically perform on-going compliance re-testing as defined by Company.
Supplier will establish with Company a quality control program to assure that Products shipped by Supplier under this Agreement comply with the manufacturing Specifications and test instructions. 

  

	60.1	Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to diminish or otherwise limit Supplier’s obligations under Article 23 or any other Article of this Agreement. 

 

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 51        

  

 ARTICLE 61- RELEASES VOID 
  

	61.1	Neither party shall require (a) waivers or releases of any personal rights or (b) execution of documents which conflict with the terms of this Agreement from employees,
representatives or customers of the other in connection with visits to its premises and both Parties agree that no such releases, waivers or documents shall be pleaded by them or third persons in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement.

 ARTICLE 62 – RULES OF CONSTRUCTION REGARDING TIME 
  

	62.1	In this Agreement: 

  

	 	(a)	time periods within which a payment is to be made or any other action is to be taken hereunder shall be calculated excluding the day on which the period commences and including the
day on which the period ends; and 

  

	 	(b)	whenever any payment to be made or action to be taken hereunder is required to be made or taken on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made or action taken on the
next following Business Day. 

 ARTICLE 63 - SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS/SEVERABILITY 
  

	63.1	The obligations of the Parties under this Agreement, which by their nature would continue beyond the termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement, shall survive
termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement. 

  

	63.2	If any part, term, condition or provision in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portions of this Agreement shall remain in effect. In the
event such invalid or unenforceable provision is an essential and material element of this Agreement, the Parties shall promptly negotiate a replacement provision. 

 ARTICLE 64 – TAXES, DUTIES AND INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS 
  

	64.1	Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, all duties (excluding any duties or fees relating to the shipment of Products or
Commercially Purchased Items), taxes, and all social insurance contributions arising out of or in connection with Supplier’s performance of this Agreement will be paid by Supplier. The Parties agree that the prices or rates stated herein
include all such charges and that such prices or rates will not be changed hereafter as a result of Supplier’s failure to include therein any applicable duties, taxes or insurance contributions. Supplier shall indemnify and hold Company and its
Affiliates harmless from its failure to make such payment or contributions. 

  

	64.2	 Company shall be responsible for all sales, value added or other similar types of transfer taxes (referred to herein in this Article 64.2 collectively as
“Transfer Taxes”) with respect to the prices paid for Products, Commercially Purchased Items or amounts paid for Services under this Agreement, and Company agrees to reimburse Supplier for any such Transfer Taxes paid by Supplier, provided
that Supplier shall provide Company with evidence of payment thereof. Supplier will not charge an otherwise applicable Transfer Tax if the Product, Commercially Purchased Item or Services pricing is exempt from Transfer Tax and the Company furnishes
to Supplier a valid exemption certificate. In particular regard to value added taxes or other similar taxes on turnover and related charges, Supplier will charge and Company will pay any particular VAT over and above the stated prices for Products,
Commercially Purchased Items and Services. If Supplier is required by Law to charge VAT, Supplier will ensure its invoices are in the proper form to enable Company to claim input VAT deductions. If Supplier does not need to charge VAT, but Company
is required by Law to account for such VAT (for example, where a “reverse charge” procedure applies), Company accepts all responsibility and liability for accounting for the VAT 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 52        

  

	 	 
properly. Taxes payable by Company shall be billed as separate items on Supplier’s invoices and shall not be included in Supplier’s prices or
otherwise compensated pursuant to any other provisions of this Agreement. 

  

	64.3	Subject to the provisions of Articles 7 and 66.2, Supplier shall be responsible for all other Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Supplier shall be solely
liable for Taxes based on Supplier’s net or gross income or Taxes resulting from Article 54.1. Supplier shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Affiliates harmless for Supplier’s failure to timely pay or withhold Taxes resulting from
Supplier’s performance under this Agreement. 

  

	64.4	In order for Company to qualify for tax benefits on Products exported from the United States by Company, Supplier shall, upon request by Company, provide Company with documentation,
within forty-five (45) days of such request, that identifies and substantiates the FMV of the Product content which is manufactured by Supplier or purchased by Supplier from manufacturers outside of the United States. If Company shall have
requested the aforementioned documentation, Supplier shall provide Company with timely notice if Supplier has knowledge of any information that would cause the FMV of the Product content manufactured by Supplier or purchased by Supplier from
manufacturers outside of the United States to either change by ten percent (10%) or exceed fifty percent (50%) of the selling price charged to Company for each Product being reported. 

 ARTICLE 65 – TEST SCOPE/CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT 
  

	65.1	Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, Supplier shall manage the execution of the test process as specified by Company for each Product purchased pursuant to this Agreement,
which includes Supplier testing the Product, providing test capacity planning, and performing preventative maintenance on the required test equipment. Supplier shall consider upside volume percentages, preventative maintenance time, the addition of
New Products and Successor Products, and holding appropriate spare parts when developing its test capacity plan. Supplier will provide standard equipment (i.e., network analyzers) to support Company’s manufacturing requirements at no separate
charge to Company. To the extent that Company may request that Supplier obtain and maintain more equipment than necessary for such support, the Parties shall mutually agree upon the timing and responsibility for the costs of deploying such equipment
before such equipment is purchased and deployed. The Company will consign unique test equipment to Supplier to support Company’s manufacturing requirements in accordance with Article 66. Prior to fabricating or procuring any test equipment that
is unique to the manufacture of Products, Supplier agrees to review such plans with Company and obtain Company’s written approval to proceed. Supplier agrees that all test equipment used in the production of Products shall be subject to the
terms set forth in Article 36 and Article 49. 

  

	65.2	Supplier shall perform each and every test in conformance to the process and for the quantities identified in the applicable Specification unless mutually agreed to by the Parties
otherwise. All Products delivered to Company and/or its customers under this Agreement shall have passed all applicable tests in such Specification. Company shall have the right to require Supplier to upgrade its standard test equipment at no charge
to Company in order to conform to requirements of the Specification. 

  

	65.3	Company shall review all fixtures and programs to assure their quality and reliability. Supplier shall notify Company prior to implementing any change that would impact the test
Specification. 

  

	65.4	Supplier shall (i) make periodic inspection/calibration of all test and other equipment used in the manufacture, test and repair of Products, including Company Consigned
Equipment, (ii) maintain adequate equipment inspection/calibration reports and Product test documents, and (iii) make such documents available to Company upon reasonable request. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 53        

  

 ARTICLE 66 – TITLE TO MATERIAL AND SPECIAL TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT CONSIGNED BY COMPANY 

 

	66.1	Supplier acknowledges and agrees that unless otherwise agreed, Company has and shall have at all times all right, title and interest in Material or Commercially Purchased Items
furnished at no charge, directly or indirectly, to Supplier by Company under this Agreement (“Company Consigned Material”). Supplier shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of any Company Consigned Material, notify Company of
any claims for quantity variation or quality problems in the Company Consigned Material furnished to Supplier. Supplier assumes responsibility for any loss or damage to such Company Consigned Material and shall be liable for the full actual value of
the Company Consigned Material with the exception of loss due to normal waste, shrinkage, breakage or other spoilage, reduction in moisture content, etc. Supplier shall store the Company Consigned Material safely, indoors in protected areas approved
by Company at Supplier’s facility. Wherever practicable, the Company Consigned Material shall be kept segregated in an area marked “PROPERTY OF ANDREW” (such other entity as Company may direct). If Supplier removes all or any part of
the Company Consigned Material from one building to another, Supplier shall continue to be responsible for loss and damage and Supplier shall give Company at least thirty (30) Business Days advance notice of the removal except when the removal
is required during Supplier’s manufacturing process or to protect the Company Consigned Material from damage or loss. 

  

	66.2	Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Company has and shall have at all times during the Term of this Agreement all right, title and interest in the special tooling, fixtures,
molds, dies, jigs, production machinery, assembly machinery, testing equipment, and related items (collectively, Company Consigned Tool(s)”) owned and furnished at no cost by Company to Supplier, or tools that Company has fully paid Supplier to
develop, or tools that are co-developed at Company’s expense for use under this Agreement, any Order or subsequent Agreements, if any. Any Company Consigned Tools supplied by Company to Supplier must be in good working order and comply with all
applicable country-specific safety requirements, codes and standards at the time such equipment is delivered. Supplier shall at no charge to Company: 

  

	 	(a)	Be responsible for the safekeeping of the Company Consigned Tools, assume all risks of loss or damage to such tools and be liable for the replacement value of such tools except for
reasonable wear and tear; 

  

	 	(b)	Maintain and use such tools in accordance with all applicable country-specific safety requirements, codes or standards, Supplier agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Company and
Company’s customers from and against any and all Losses (including but not limited to claims resulting from injuries or death to persons or damage to property) in any way arising out of or resulting from the maintenance, ownership, possession,
operation, use, condition, storage, or movement of such tools or any accident in connection therewith; 

  

	 	(c)	Permanently mark or if impracticable to do so, affix labeling stating that such tools are the property of Company or such Affiliate of Company as Company my direct.;

  

	 	(d)	Store such Tools, when not in use, on racks or in sections of Supplier’s plant(s) located at Supplier’s factory of manufacture, marked “PROPERTY OF ANDREW” (or
such other Affiliate of Company as Company may direct). If Supplier removes all or any part of such tools from one building to another, Supplier shall continue to be responsible for loss and damage and Supplier shall give Company at least ten
(10) Business Days advance notice of the removal except when the removal is required during Supplier’s manufacturing process or to protect the tools from damage or loss. Supplier shall send to Company on a mutually agreed to basis, an
updated tools inventory list, including equipment upgrades; 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 54        

  

	 	(e)	Deliver the tools to Company upon demand, properly packaged and crated for transport, Ex Works (Incoterms 2000) Supplier’s plant at a mutually agreeable charge for removal,
packing, or crating; and 

  

	 	(f)	Repair or replace parts of the tools as needed from time to time, due to normal wear and tear, without charge to Company. This includes, among other things, adjusting, replacing
punches or die sections, replacing cables and connectors and other consumable items, sharpening, and keeping the tools in good working condition; provided, however, Company shall be responsible for the cost of such cables and/or connectors, [*]. All
repair and replacement parts shall be deemed Company Consigned Tools and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. At any time when Supplier proposes replacing a entire tool because (a) tool life has been expended or the tool is worn
beyond economical repair, or (b) design changes by Company necessitate modification or complete replacement, Supplier shall first obtain Company’s written approval to replace the tool at Company’s expense, and the resulting
replacement tool shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement 

  

	66.3	Upon reasonable prior notice and subject to the terms of Article 30, Company may inspect, inventorize and authenticate the account of the Company Consigned Material and/or Company
Consigned Tools during Supplier’s normal business hours. Supplier shall provide Company access to the premises, subject to Article 30 wherein all such items are located. 

  

	66.4	Supplier shall use the Company Consigned Material, the Company and the Company Consigned Tools only in the manufacture or repair of Products furnished to Company, or otherwise in
performing under this Agreement. 

  

	66.5	Supplier shall not allow any security interest, lien, tax lien or other encumbrance (collectively, “Encumbrances”) to be placed on any Company Consigned Material or
Company Consigned Tools. Supplier shall give Company immediate written notice should any third party attempt to place or place an Encumbrance on items. Supplier shall indemnify and hold Company and its Affiliates harmless from any such Encumbrance.
Supplier shall, at Company’s request, promptly execute a “protective notice” UCC-1 form for Company Consigned Material and Company Consigned Tools located in the United States, or such other documents reasonably necessary in non-US
jurisdictions to enable Company to protect its interest in such consigned items. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall constitute the security agreement required by the UCC of the appropriate state in which the Encumbrance is filed, or the
equivalent type of agreement in non-US jurisdictions. 

  

	66.6	The obligations assumed by Supplier with respect to the Company Consigned Material and Company Consigned Tools are for the protection of Company’s property. If Supplier
defaults in carrying out Supplier’s obligations with respect to the Company Consigned Material or the Company Consigned Tools under this Agreement or an Order, then, at no cost to Company and upon twenty-four (24) hours notice to Supplier,
Company may withdraw all or any part of the Company Consigned Material and/or Company Consigned Tools. Supplier shall, at Company’s option, return to Company or hold for Company’s disposition, free of restrictions, any or all of the
Company Consigned Material (including any Scrap produced as a by-product) and/or any or all of the Company Consigned Tools and related drawings in Supplier’s possession at (a) the completion of the Order, (b) expiration, cancellation
or termination of this Agreement, or (c) the withdrawal of the Andrew Consigned Material, as provided above. 

  

	66.7	Supplier’s obligations under this clause shall survive the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement or any Order. 

 ARTICLE 67– WAIVER 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 55        

  

	67.1	Waiver by any Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default, nor
shall it prejudice the rights of the other Party. 

 ARTICLE 68 - ENTIRE AGREEMENT/MODIFICATIONS/COUNTERPARTS 
  

	68.1    (a)	This Agreement, together with the Attachments, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous
communications, and agreements whether verbal or written. There are no conditions, covenants, agreements, or other provisions, express or implied, collateral, statutory or otherwise, relating to the subject matter hereof except as provided herein or
in the Attachments. Orders under this Agreement shall only include Order-specific terms, conditions, and Specifications, as applicable. 

  

	 	(b)	In the event of a contradiction between the terms of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of an Attachment, the terms of the Attachment shall prevail to the extent of such
inconsistency. 

  

	68.2	This Agreement and any Orders under this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or rescinded, except by an instrument in writing signed by authorized representatives of both
Parties. 

  

	68.3	This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

  

			
	ANDREW CORPORATION	 	 ANDREW TELECOMMUNICATION
                 PRODUCTS S.R.L.

		
	By:                 /S/    JAMES F.
PETELLE                  	 	By:             /S/    LORENZO
MIGLIOLI                                
 
	Name:                      James F.
Petelle               	 	Name:                  Lorenzo
Miglioli                 
	Title:                         Vice
President               	 	Title:
                        Chairman              
         

  

					
		 	ELCOTEQ NETWORK S.A.	 	
			
		 	By:             /S/     BRUNO CATHOMEN          
   	 	
		 	Name:                   Bruno
Cathomen            	 	
		 	Title:              Vice President BA CNE      	 	
			
		 	By:                   /S/     HARRI
OJALA                  	 	
		 	Name:                         Harri
Ojala                	 	
		 	Title:                   President YA
Europe       	 	

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 Attachment A 
 DEFINITIONS  
 For the purposes of this Agreement and the related Attachments, unless the
context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set out below and grammatical variations of such terms shall have corresponding meanings: 
 “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, any other person that directly or indirectly controls, that is directly or indirectly controlled by, or that is under the direct or indirect common
control of, such a person; provided, however, that (i) where one person controls another person, any other person controlled by the first such person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the second person, and (ii) any corporation in
respect of which any person owns beneficially, directly or indirectly, not less than 50% of such corporation’s voting securities, shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such person. For purposes hereof, “control” means, in respect of
any person, the power of authority to direct, or cause the direction of, directly or indirectly, the management, policies or actions of any other person, whether through the ownership of equity securities or voting securities or by contract or
otherwise; 
 “Agreement” means this Manufacturing Supply Agreement together with all Attachments attached hereto, as amended and
supplemented from time to time; 
 “Andrew Part Number” means Company’s part number designation, if any, for a Product, Commercially
Purchased Item or Part; 
 “Annualized Volume” has the meaning set out in Article 7.3; 
 “Approved Purchaser” has the meaning set out in Article 53.4; 
 “Approved Vendor List” or “AVL” means Company’s approved vendor list; 
 “Attachments” means
any attachment agreed to by the Parties and attached to and made part of this Agreement; 
 “Attachments C” means the Attachments
C1...Cn; 
 “Attachments G” means the Attachments G1...Gn: 
 “Audit” has the meaning set out in Article 31.3; 
 “Bill of Material” or
“BOM” means a bill of material; 
 “Blanket Purchase Order” means a blanket purchase order issued by Company (or an
Ordering Company) and accepted by Supplier under this Agreement; 
 “Build to Stock” has the meaning set out in Attachment I; 
 “Business Days” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a statutory holiday in the state of New York; 
 “CAP” or “Corrective Action Plan” means a plan of corrective action to be taken; 
 “CAR” or “Corrective Action Request” means a corrective action request made under this Agreement; 
 “Changes” has the meaning set out in Article 59.1; 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

 “Claim” means any claim, action, demand or proceeding; 
 “Code” means Object Code and Source Code, collectively; 
 “COGS” means cost of goods sold; 
 “Commercially Purchased Items” has the meaning set out in Article 4.2;

 “Company” has the meaning set out in the recital to this Agreement; 
 “Company Background Information” means any Information, exclusive of Company IP, owned by Company and any Information not owned by Company that Company has the right to license to Supplier that is
necessary to the performance of Supplier’s responsibilities under this Agreement; 
 “Company Chosen Subcontractors” has the meaning
set out in Article 29.1; 
 “Company Consigned Material” has the meaning set out in Article 66.1; 
 “Company Consigned Tools” has the meaning set out in Article 66.2; 
 “Company IP” means any Developed IP originated or developed (i) solely by, or jointly between, Supplier and any of Supplier’s Associates or (ii) jointly between Company and Supplier or any of Supplier’s
Associates, and which arise in connection with activities performed by Supplier under this Agreement which are (a) funded by Company through specific project funding, non-recurring engineering charges, increased Prices, deferral of reductions
in Prices and/or any other form of compensation, or (b) are specifically related to the Products; 
 “Company Material” has the meaning
set out in Article 13.1; 
 “Company Owned Inventory” means inventory that is owned by the Company, including raw materials, finished goods
and work-in-process; 
 “Company Proprietary Information” means Information, including but not limited to, technology, processes,
Specifications or other proprietary property, including trade secrets, know-how, mask work rights, patent applications and any other non-public information in any form or medium developed or acquired by Company, its Affiliates or its licensors other
than Supplier, but for greater certainty, does not include Supplier Proprietary Information; 
 “Confidential Information” has the meaning
set out in Article 34.1; 
 “Developed IP” means any and all Information, inventions, discoveries, improvements, technical information,
computer or other apparatus programs, specifications, drawings, records, documentation, works of authorship or other creative works, ideas, manufacturing processes or tooling, knowledge or data, written or otherwise expressed in a material form;

 “Documentation” means all documents, whether in human and/or machine-readable form; 
 “EDI” means the electronic transfer, from computer to computer, of commercial and administrative data using a commonly acknowledged standard for the
structuring messages. 
 “Effective Date” has the meaning set out in the recital to this Agreement; 
 “Electronic Commerce” has the meaning set out in Article 19.1; 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

 “Emergency Backup Manufacturing Plan” has the meaning set out in Article 16.1; 
 “Emergency Backup Manufacturing Proposal” has the meaning set out in Article 17.1; 
 “EMAS” has the meaning set out in Article 39.1; 
 “EMS” has the meaning set out in Article
39.1; 
 “Encumbrance” has the meaning set out in Article 66.5; 
 “Engineering Change Order” has the meaning set out in Article 59.3; 
 “Epidemic Condition”
has the meaning set out in Article 22.14; 
 “ESD” means electrostatic discharge; 
 “EST” has the meaning set out in Article 22.8; 
 “Excess Buffer Stock” has the meaning set out in Article 13.4; 
 “Excess Inventory” has the meaning set out in
Article 13; 
 “Export Laws” has the meaning set out in Article 411; 
 “FIFO” has the meaning set out in Article 14.1; 
 “fiscal year” means Company’s fiscal
year; 
 “Flexible Delivery Arrangements” has the meaning set out in Article 10.1; 
 “FMV” means fair market value; 
 “Forecast” has the meaning set out in Article 16.2 and shall include any other forecast delivered by Company (or an Ordering Company) to Supplier in respect of Products or Commercially Purchased Items; 
 “Information” means all documented and undocumented information (excluding patents and patent applications), whether in human and/or machine readable
form, including without limitation, Code, Documentation, technical information, technical memoranda, technical reports, data and drawings of whatever kind in whatever medium, specifications, tangible and intangible know-how, processes, formulae,
methodologies, production, operating and quality control manuals, blueprints, instructions, directories, schematics, sketches, photographs, graphs, dies, molds, tools, tooling, samples, price lists, part lists and descriptions, and any and all
notes, analysis, compilations, studies, summaries, and other material containing or based, in whole or in part, on any information included in the foregoing; 
 “Infringement Claims” has the meaning set out in Article 45.1; 
 “Initial Term” has the meaning set out in
Article 2.1; 
 “Insignia” has the meaning set out in Article 50.2; 
 “Laws” means all applicable local, federal, regional and international laws, ordinances, regulations and codes, standards, directives and international conventions and agreements to the extent that
any of the foregoing have the force of law by being directly enforceable by a governmental authority, by a court or other proper tribunal;. 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 4        

  

 “Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula” means the pricing formula set out in Attachment D;

 “Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates” means the manufacturer per unit pricing formula rates set out in each Attachment G;

 “Material” means, collectively, all raw components, parts, and materials (including labels, product inserts, packaging and other labeling
for the Products) required to manufacture the Products in accordance with the Specifications and, as used herein, Material includes any of Supplier-Controlled Material, Supplier-Controlled Custom Material and Company Material; 
 “Material Mark-Up Rates” means the material mark-up rates set out in Article 7.3; 
 “New Product” means a product introduced by Company during the Term of this Agreement that is not a Filter Product, or, for certainty, a Successor Product to a Filter Product or a New Product;

 “NTF” means no trouble found; 
 “Object Code” means code in machine-readable form generated by compilation, assembly or other translation of Source Code and contained in a medium which permits it to be loaded into and operated on by a processor;

 “Obsolete Inventory” has the meaning set out in Article 13.4(d); 
 “ODS” has the meaning set out in Article 54.1; 
 “ODS Content” has the meaning set out in
Article 54.2; 
 “ODS Service” has the meaning set out in Article 54.4; 
 “Order” means a discrete order issued by Company (or an Ordering Company, as applicable) and accepted by Supplier under this Agreement, or a Blanket Purchase Order; 
 “Orderable Item” means a Product or a Commercially Purchased Item; 
 “Order Change” has the meaning set out in Article 10.4; 
 “Ordering Company” has the meaning set out in Article
53.1; 
 “Original Delivery Date” has the meaning set out in Article 10.4; 
 “Oversight Committee” has the meaning set out in Article 31; 
 “Parts” has the meaning set
out in Article 24.4; 
 “Performance Metrics” has the meaning set out in Article 12.1; 
 “PES” or “Premium Expedited Services” means the cost that is over and above the normal costs associated with expediting the delivery of
Material that Supplier would incur due to highly unusual, unique or extraordinary circumstances brought on solely by Company’s request to procure the delivery of Material to support Product delivery requirements outside any agreed to Flexible
Delivery Terms; 
 “Potential Opportunity” has the meaning set out in Article 7.16; 
 “Price” has the meaning set out in Article 7.1; 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 5        

  

 “Process Changes” has the meaning set out in Article 59.2; 
 “Product” or “Products” has the meaning set out in Article 4.1; 
 “Product Plan” has the meaning set out in Article 22.4; 
 “Profit” means earnings before
interest, amortization and taxes; 
 “Profit Rates” means the profit rates set out in Article 7.3; 
 “Purchase Commitment” means the Purchase Commitment set out in Attachments C; 
 “PPV” or “Purchase Price Variance” means the price for Material that is over and above the normal price charged by the Material vendor to Supplier due to highly unusual, unique or
extraordinary circumstances brought on solely by Company’s request to procure the delivery of Material to support Product delivery requirements outside any agreed to Flexible Delivery Terms; 
 “quarter” means a three month period commencing on the first day of October, January, April and July; 
 “Quarterly Performance Review Process” has the meaning set out in Article 26.1; 
 “Quarterly Repricing” has the meaning set out in Article 7.1(c); 
 “Release” means any
written or electronic communication from Company (or an Ordering Company, as applicable) to Supplier, requesting the shipment by Supplier of any Orderable Item ordered pursuant to a Blanket Purchase Order; 
 “Renewal Term” has the meaning set out in Article 2.1; 
 “RMA” means a return materials authorization; 
 “Scrap” has the meaning set out in Article 25.1; 
 “Services” or “Service” has the meaning set out in Article 5.1; 
 “SG&A” means salary, general and administrative; 
 “SG&A Rates” means the SG&A
Rates set out in Article 7.3; 
 “Source Code” means code in any programming language contained in any format, including human and
machine-readable formats, such code including all comments and procedural code plus all related development documents such as, but not limited to, flow charts, schematics, statements of principles of operations or any other specifications;

 “Source Inspection” has the meaning set out in Article 22.5; 
 “Specifications” means the technical and processing specifications for the development or manufacture or repair of the relevant Product provided by the Company to Supplier, including all drawings,
models, specifications, documentation, data, product information, engineering standards, technical and test instructions and test programs, procedures or requirements, functional information and related data, data files, quality standards, AVL,
BOMs, software, design information, technical manuals, packaging requirements, testing requirements and know-how, as amended and in effect from time to time; 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 6        

  

 “Successor Product” means a product which is introduced by Company during the Term of this Agreement
that provides the same fundamental functionality or purpose as a Product existing as of the Effective Date; 
 “Supplier” has the meaning
set out in the recital to this Agreement; 
 “Supplier Associates” has the meaning set out in Article 36.1; 
 “Supplier Background Information” means any Information, existing prior to the Effective Date, owned by Supplier or that Supplier has the right to
license to Company; 
 “Supplier-Controlled Custom Material” has the meaning set out in Article 13.1; 
 “Supplier-Controlled Material” has the meaning set out in Article 13.1; 
 “Supplier-Controlled Commercially Purchased Items” has the meaning set out in Article 13.1; 
 “Supplier IP” has the meaning set out in Article 36.3; 
 “Supplier Product IP” has the meaning set out in Article
36.3; 
 “Supplier Proprietary Information” means Information, including but not limited to, technology, processes or other proprietary
property, including trade secrets, know-how, mask work rights, patent applications, pricing information, cost information, performance metrics relating to the manufacture of Products or relating to the operation of Supplier’s facilities and any
other non-public information in any form or medium developed or acquired by Supplier, its Affiliates or its licensors other than Company, but for greater certainty, does not include the following: (i) Company Proprietary Information; and
(ii) the Specifications; 
 “Term” has the meaning set out in Article 2.1; 
 “Termination Assistance” has the meaning set out in Article 2.2; 
 “Transition Assistance” has the meaning set out in Article 2.3; 
 “Transition Team” has the meaning set out in
Article 21.1; 
 “VAT” means value added tax; 
 “Warranty” means the warranty provided by Supplier to Company for pursuant to Article 23.1(a); 
 “Warranty
Period” has the meaning set out in Article 23.1; 
 “XML” means the application profile known as “Extensible Markup
Language”. 
  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT B 
  

			
	 Product part number
	  	 Description

	E15T01P37	  	ANCG GSM Combiner
	E15U01P44	  	ANCD DCS Combiner
	E15V30P05	  	3G UMTS ANRU
	E15V30P15	  	E-GSM 900 Antenna Network ANYG
	E15V40P15	  	S-8000 850 Mhz
	E15V40P18	  	S-8000 GSM 850 H2D & Diplexer
	E15V40P44	  	DDM-2 2100 UMTS
	E15V40P50	  	DDM-3 2100 UMTS ROHS
	E15V40P30	  	H4D 850 SubBand without VSWR
	E15R01P74	  	TMA EGSM
	E15S02P34	  	DTMA DCS 1800 INLINE
	E15S08P07	  	DTMAF UMTS INLINE W/Bypass
	E15S08P14	  	DTMA RETF
	E15V20P23	  	FDUAMCO GSM 850
	E15V20P25	  	FDUAMCO PCS 1900
	E15V20P28	  	DIAMCO E-GSM 900
	E15V20P31	  	FDUAMCO PCSM
	E15V20P34	  	PGSM 900 Mhz BCOM
	E15V90P06	  	Filter Module FM 1900-3H
	E15V90P07	  	Filter Module FM 1900-3V
	E15V90P16	  	Filter Module DB NO BC 3H

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT C1 
 PURCHASE COMMITMENT FOR EUROPE 
 This Attachment C1 sets out Company’s obligations to purchase Products
from Supplier under this Agreement that are subject to Prices calculated in accordance with Attachment G1. 
 Provided that in all cases Supplier is not in
material breach of its obligations under this Agreement: 
  

	1.	During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending upon the termination of the Initial Term (the “Purchase Commitment Term”), and subject to the exceptions set
out in Paragraph 2 below, Company agrees that Supplier’s revenue from sales of Products under this Agreement shall, annually, equal or exceed [*] (the “Purchase Commitment”). For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Purchase
Commitment Term shall not be extended by any renewal of this Agreement, including any automatic renewal of this Agreement occurring pursuant to Article 1.1, and (ii) revenues from all purchases of Products under this Agreement, including
purchases by Company, Ordering Companies and Approved Purchasers, shall count against the Purchase Commitment. 

  

	2.	Supplier acknowledges that, notwithstanding the Purchase Commitment, Products may be purchased from a source other than Supplier in the circumstances set out below (any such
purchase being herein referred to as an “Alternate Purchase”): 

  

	 	(a)	Any of the circumstances specified in Articles 12.2 and 59.2; 

  

	 	(b)	The cancellation of any Order in respect of such Product by Company pursuant to Article 11.5 or Article 22.13 provided that the circumstances giving rise to Company’s
right to cancel such Order result, or are reasonably likely to result, in a failure by Company to comply with its contractual obligations to any Company customer, and such customer has not waived compliance with the relevant obligations;

  

	 	(c)	Supplier elects, in writing, not to manufacture for or deliver to Company such Product pursuant to this Agreement; 

  

	 	(d)	Supplier is unable to manufacture for or deliver to Company such Product as a result of any of the conditions listed in Article 42 and such inability continues or may reasonably be
expected to continue for at least thirty (30) days; or 

  

	 	(e)	Any of the circumstances specified in any other provision of this Agreement, including any Attachment hereto, or other applicable agreement of the Parties. 

Any and all amounts paid for such Alternate Purchases by Company, Ordering Companies and Approved Purchasers shall count against the Purchase
Commitment. 
  

	3.	Supplier’s sole remedy in the event that Company fails in any year to meet the Purchase Commitment is to [*]. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT C2 
 PURCHASE COMMITMENT FOR North America 
 This Attachment C2 sets out Company’s obligations to purchase
Products from Supplier under this Agreement that are subject to Prices calculated in accordance with Attachment G2. 
 Provided that in all cases Supplier is
not in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement: 
  

	1.	During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending upon the termination of the Initial Term (the “Purchase Commitment Term”), and subject to the exceptions set
out in Paragraph 2 below, Company agrees that (i) during the first year of the Purchase Commitment Term, Supplier shall be given the right to manufacture all of Company’s needs for Niagra Systems Products and for Filter Products currently
manufactured at Company’s Amesbury, Massachusetts, and Nogales, Mexico facilities, and (ii) during the second and third years of the Purchase Commitment, Supplier’s revenue from sales of Products under this Agreement subject to
Attachment G2 shall, annually, equal or exceed [*] (the “Purchase Commitment”). The commitment for the first year of the Purchase Commitment is subject to the completion of the transfer of manufacturing of the affected Products to
Supplier, which such transfer the Parties will use all commercially reasonable efforts to complete on or before December 30, 2006. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Purchase Commitment Term shall not be extended by any renewal of this
Agreement, including any automatic renewal of this Agreement occurring pursuant to Article 1.1, and (ii) revenues from all purchases of Products under this Agreement, including purchases by Company, Ordering Companies and Approved
Purchasers, shall count against the Purchase Commitment. 

  

	2.	Supplier acknowledges that, notwithstanding the Purchase Commitment, Products may be purchased from a source other than Supplier in the circumstances set out below (any such
purchase being herein referred to as an “Alternate Purchase”): 

  

	 	(a)	Until the manufacturing referred to in this Attachment C2 has been completed pursuant; 

  

	 	(b)	Any minor level of manufacturing of Products that presently occurs or may subsequently occur at any Company location. For the avoidance of doubt, the level of manufacturing
currently occurring at Company’s facility in Warren, New Jersey, United States, or occurring in connection with new Product introductions shall be considered “minor”; 

  

	 	(c)	Any of the circumstances specified in Articles 12.2 and 59.2; 

  

	 	(d)	The cancellation of any Order in respect of such Product by Company pursuant to Article 11.5 or Article 22.13 provided that the circumstances giving rise to Company’s
right to cancel such Order result, or are reasonably likely to result, in a failure by Company to comply with its contractual obligations to any Company customer, and such customer has not waived compliance with the relevant obligations;

  

	 	(e)	Supplier elects, in writing, not to manufacture for or deliver to Company such Product pursuant to this Agreement; 

  

	 	(f)	Supplier is unable to manufacture for or deliver to Company such Product as a result of any of the conditions listed in Article 42 and such inability continues or may reasonably be
expected to continue for at least thirty (30) days; or 

  

	 	(g)	Any of the circumstances specified in any other provision of this Agreement, including any Attachment hereto, or other applicable agreement of the Parties. 

 

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

 Any and all amounts paid for such Alternate Purchases by Company, Ordering Companies and Approved
Purchasers shall count against the Purchase Commitment. 
  

	3.	Supplier’s sole remedy in the event that Company fails in any year to meet the Purchase Commitment is to [*].. 

  

 Andrew – Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT D 
 MANUFACTURER PER UNIT PRICING FORMULA 
 Overview: Per unit pricing shall be determined and reported
using the formula and structure shown below. The meaning of the terms and the costs included in each category are as defined in this Attachment. 
 The
structure: 
 The formula: 
 Price =
[*] 
 Where COGS = Cost Of Goods Sold and is calculated as follows: 
 COGS = (Raw Material x (1 + Material Markup Rate)) + Domestic Consumption Charge + Taxes on Purchases of Raw Material + S (Activity Unit Hours x Activity Hourly Rate) + Other 
 

 
 RFQ PRICING MODEL 
  
  
  

								
	Supplier Name:	  	 	_______________
		
	Building Location	  	 	(Please complete this document for each location product could be built)
				
	Product Part No.	  			  		  	
				
	 Annual Volume (based on current going-rate)
	  	 	0	  		  	
				
	 Raw Material:
	  	$	—  	  		  	
				
	 Material Markup
	  	$	—  	  	0.00	  	% of Raw Materials
				
	 Domestic Consumption Charge (if applicable)
	  	$	—  	  	0.00	  	% of Raw Materials
				
	 Duties/Tariffs/Taxes on Raw Materials (if applicable)
	  	$	—  	  	0.00	  	% of Raw Materials
				
	 Value Added Direct Labor & Overhead:
	  	 	  	Unit Hours	  	 Hourly rate

	 Manual Assembly Operations
	  	$	—  	  		  	
	 Automated Assembly Operations
	  	$	—  	  		  	
	 Test
	  	$	—  	  		  	
		  	$	 	  		  	
		  	$	 	  		  	
	 Other
	  	$	 	  		  	
	 Total Test and Assembly Cost
	  	$	—  	  		  	
				
		  	$	—  	  		  	
				
	 Total Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)
	  	$	—  	  		  	
				
	 SG&A
	  	$	—  	  	0.00	  	% of COGS
				
	 Profit
	  	$	—  	  	0.00	  	% of Initial Price
				
	 Initial Price
	  			  		  	
				
	 Duties/Tariffs/Taxes on Sale of Finished Goods
	  			  	0.00	  	% of Initial Price
				
	 Total Product Price (per unit)
	  			  		  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT E 
 PERFORMANCE METRICS 
 The Parties agree to set metrics targets based on historical performance and, as
appropriate, adjust targets quarterly. Company shall provide Supplier with guidance and understanding of each category and term used in the Performance Index and Rating Templates set out below. 
 

 
 ANDREW CONTRACT MANUFACTURER KEY PERFORMANCE INDEX 
  

							
	CONTRACT MANUFACTURER :	 	  
	  	        CONTACT :	  	  

				
		 		  	ANDREW OPERATIONS CONTACT :	  	  

				
	MONTH :	 	  
	  	YEAR :	  	2006

  

																			
	 RATING/SCORE
	  	A	  	B	  	C	  	D	  	E	  	F	  	WEIGHT	 	SCORE
	  	100	  	95	  	85	  	75	  	60	  	0	  	%	 
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		 	
	 1
	  	QUALITY - YIELD, RETURNS & SCAR	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	20%	 	
	 2
	  	DELIVERY - OTD AND OTI	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	20%	 	
	 3
	  	COST REDUCTION	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	20%	 	
	 4
	  	INVENTORY TURNS	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	10%	 	
	 5
	  	FMA AND REPAIR INTERVAL	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	10%	 	
	 6
	  	NPI, EC AND DFX TECHNICAL SUPPORT	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	10%	 	
	 7
	  	COMMUNICATION AND RESPONSE	  		  		  		  		  		  		  	10%	 	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	TOTAL SCORE	 	

 REMARKS : IF TOTAL SCORE IS LESS THAN 75, CORRECTIVE ACTION IS REQUIRED FROM CM. 
 Where: 
 “SCAR” means “Supplier
Corrective Action Report” 
 “OCT” means “On Time Delivery” 
 “OTI” means “On Time Invoice” 
 “FMA” means “Failure Mode Analysis” 
 “NPI” means “New Product Introduction” 
 “EC” means “Engineering Change” 
 “DFX” means” Design for X” 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

 ANDREW CONTRACT MANUFACTURER KEY PERFORMANCE INDEX 
 RATING STANDARD AND RESULTS 
  

							
	 1
	  	QUALITY - YIELD, RETURNS AND SCAR	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	QUALITY SCORE = 100	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	100 >QUALITY SCORE >= 95	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	95 >QUALITY SCORE >= 85	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	85 > QUALITY SCORE >= 75	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	75 > QUALITY SCORE>= 60	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	Quality score < 60	  	 ̈
			
	 2
	  	DELIVERY - OTD AND OTI	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	OTD RATE = 100%	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	100% > OTD RATE >= 95% AND OTI RATE >= 95%	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	100% > OTD RATE >= 95% AND 95% > OTI RATE >= 90%	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	95% > OTD RATE >= 90% AND OTI RATE >= 95%	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	95% > OTD RATE >= 90% AND 95% > OTI RATE >= 90% OR OTRQ vs CDQ RATE >= 95%	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	OTD RATE < 90% OR OTI RATE < 90%	  	 ̈
			
	 3
	  	COST REDUCTION	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	QUARTERLY COST REDUCTION >= 5%	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	5%> QUARTERLY COST REDUCTION >= 4%	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	4%> QUARTERLY COST REDUCTION >= 3%	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	3%> QUARTERLY COST REDUCTION >= 2%	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	2%> QUARTERLY REDUCTION >= 1%	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	QUARTERLY COST REDUCTION < 1%	  	 ̈
			
	 4
	  	INVENTORY TURNS	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	INVENTORY TURNS >= 10	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	10 > INVENTORY TURNS >= 7	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	6 > INVENTORY TURNS >= 5	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	4 > INVENTORY TURNS >= 3	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	3 > INVENTORY TURNS >= 2	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	INVENTORY TURNS < 2	  	 ̈
			
	 5
	  	FMA AND REPAIR INTERVAL	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	REPAIR&FMA RATE = 100%	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	100% > REPAIR&FMA RATE >= 95%	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	95% > REPAIR&FMA RATE >= 85%	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	85% > REPAIR&FMA RATE >= 75%	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	75% > REPAIR&FMA RATE >= 60%	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	REPAIR&FMA RATE < 60%	  	 ̈
			
	 6
	  	NPI, EC AND DFX TECHNICAL SUPPORT	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	TS INDEX = 0	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	4 >= TS INDEX >= 1	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	7 >= TS INDEX >= 5	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	10 >= TS INDEX >= 8	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	13 >= TS INDEX >= 11	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	TS INDEX >= 14	  	 ̈
			
	 7
	  	COMMUNICATION AND RESPONSE	  	RATING
		  	A :	  	CRE INDEX = 0	  	 ̈
		  	B :	  	3 >= CRE INDEX >= 1	  	 ̈
		  	C :	  	8 >= CRE INDEX >= 4	  	 ̈
		  	D :	  	14 >= CRE INDEX >= 9	  	 ̈
		  	E :	  	20 >= CRE INDEX >= 15	  	 ̈
		  	F :	  	CRE INDEX > 20	  	 ̈

 RATING TEMPLATES by CATEGORY: 
 1. QUALITY (YIELD, RETURN RATE, SCAR) 
  

																	
	 CUSTOMER
	  	PRODUCT	 	DELIVERY
Q'ty	 	COMPOSITE
YIELD	 	COMPOSITE
YIELD TARGET	 	RETURN
Q'ty	 	RETURN
RATE (%)	 	RETURN RATE
TARGET	 	COMMENT
		  		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		  		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		  		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

									
	 SCAR
	  	Q'ty	  	RATE	  	 SCORE OBTAINED
	  	 
	 Critical
	  		  		  		  	
	 Major
	  		  		  		  	
	 Minor
	  		  		  		  	
		  		  	SCAR score	  		  	

 2. ON TIME DELIVERY 

																									
	Andrew PO#	  	Customer	  	Part
Number	  	PO Qty	  	PO issue
Date	  	Require
Delivery
Date	  	Actual PO
Close Date	  	Committed
Delivery
Qty	  	On Time
Ready Qty	  	OTD
Index	  	OTI
Index	  	OTRQ vs
CDQ
Index	  	 Shipments' detail
(Andrew)

		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	

 3. COST REDUCTION 

																	
	 Product
	  	 Description
	  	Last Quarter
Price	  	Current Quarter
Price	  	Current vs Last
Price difference	  	Qty Shipped	  	Remaining
Forecast Qty	  	Cost
Reduction	  	TTL Cost
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	

 4. INVENTORY TURNS 

																											
	 Product
	  	Description	  	Current
Material
Cost	  	Current
Month
Delivery	  	M-1
Delivery	  	M-2
Delivery	  	FG INV
Last Day
Current
Month	  	FG INV
Last Day
M-2	  	Current
Month
Delivered
Material($)	  	M-1
Delivered
Material($)	  	M-2
Delivered
Material($)	  	FG INV
Last Day
Current
Month($)	  	FG INV
Last Day
M-2($)	  	TTL 3
Month
Delivered
Material($)
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	

 5. FMA and REPAIR INTERVAL 

																	
	 Customer
	  	Product Name	  	Return Qty	  	FMA Closed
within target	  	Repair Closed
within target	  	FMA Index	  	Repair Index	  	Repair & FMA
Index	  	Comments
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	

 6. TECHNICAL SUPPORT – Qualitative Criteria 
 7. COMMUNICATIONS RESPONSE – Qualitative Criteria 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT F 
 COST SAVINGS SUBMITTAL FORM 
  

									
	Supplier Name:	  	Case Number:	  		  	
			
	Supplier Address:	  	Submitted To:	  	Date Submitted:
			
	Supplier Contact Name:	  	Coordinator:	  	Assigned to:
			
	Improvement Program: (Program Type - Check all that apply)	  		  	
					
	 ̈ Cost Reduction	  	 ̈ Process Improvement	  	         ̈ Inventory Reduction	  	         ̈ Revenue Generation	  	
					
	     ̈ Material Cost	  	     ̈ Business	  		  		  	
					
	     ̈ Labor Cost	  	     ̈ Manufacturing	  		  		  	
					
	     ̈ Yield Improvement	  	     ̈ Logistics	  		  		  	
					
	     ̈ Reliability Improvement	  		  		  		  	
					
	Program Effect (Annualized Value)	  		  		  	Project Expenses:	  	
					
	Cost Savings ($US Annual)	  		  		  	Total	  	
					
	Cost Savings (3 yr. Average)	  		  		  	Labor	  	Materials
					
		  		  		  	Capital	  	Other
					
	Description:	  		  		  		  	
					
	Proposal:	  		  		  		  	
			
	Saving Calculation or Financial Considerations: (Net $)	  		  	
					
	Accomplishment:	  		  		  		  	

																															
	 	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	Measurement Period:	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	Total
															
	 	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	Savings ($M):	  		  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	  	Total

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT G1 
 MANUFACTURER PER UNIT PRICING FORMULA RATES 
 AND SERVICE FEES FOR EUROPE 
 This Attachment G1 sets out pricing formula rates for Products sold by Supplier under this Agreement for delivery from a location within the European region, including,
expressly, Romania, and/or for Services performed in such region. 
 Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates (1) 
  

			
	 Facility
	  	Europe
	 Material Mark-Up (% of BOM)
	  	[*]
	 Manual Rate (€/hr) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
	  	[*]
	 Auto Rate (€/hr) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)
	  	[*]
	 Test Rate (€/hr) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)
	  	[*]
	 SGA (% of COGS)
	  	[*]
	 Profit (% of Price)
	  	[*]

 WHERE: 
  

	 	(a)	The Material Mark-Up Rate is expressed as a percentage of the BOM, excluding SG&A and Profit; 

  

	 	(b)	Manual Rate, Auto Rate and Test Rate each refer to the loaded labor at cost, excluding SG&A and Profit; 

  

	 	(c)	SG&A Rate is expressed as a percentage of COGS, excluding Profit; and 

  

	 	(d)	Profit is expressed as a percentage of sales, pre income tax. 

 NOTES:

  

	 	(1)	The rates set forth herein are only applicable to Products whose BOM value does not exceed [*]. The Parties shall mutually agree on rates for any Products as to which the BOM value
equals or exceed such amount. 

  

	 	(2)	The hourly rates initially set forth above are fixed for the first three (3) years of this Agreement, subject to the Notes below. 

  

	 	(3)	These hourly rates are subject to reduction in the second year of this Agreement, as set forth below: 

  

							
	 2nd Year MPLH*
	  	 Manual Rate
	  	 Auto Rate
	  	 Test Rate

	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

	 	*	Where “MPLH” refers to Supplier’s actual manual production labor hours expended in production of Products subject to this Attachment G1. 

 In the event that the MPLH expended by Supplier during the 2nd year is less than [*], the formula for calculating rates for the 1st year shall be used
to determine the actual rates to be applied in the 2nd year. 
  

	 	(4)	These hourly rates are subject to reduction in the third year of this Agreement, as set forth below: 

  

							
	 3rd Year MPLH*
	  	 Manual Rate
	  	 Auto Rate
	  	 Test Rate

	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]

  

	 	*	Where “MPHL” refers to Supplier’s actual manual production labor hours expended in production of Products subject to this Attachment G1. 

 In the event, that the MPLH expended by Supplier during the 3rd year is less than [*], the formula for calculating rates for the 2nd year shall be used to determine the actual rates to be applied in the 3rd year. 
  

	 	(5)	These hourly rates are subject to increase for any year of this Agreement in which Supplier’s revenues from sales of Products subject to this Attachment G1 are less than [*].
The applicable rates in such event shall be mutually agreed by the Parties. 

  

	 	6)	Not later than ten (10) days following the start of the year, the hourly rates for each of years two and three shall be established based on Company’s Forecast for the
whole of the year (converted to a forecast of MPLH for such year) and such rates shall apply during the whole of such year. 

 Within thirty (30) days after the close of each of the second and third years (each a “calculation year”), the Parties will calculate the actual amount of MPLH expended by Supplier in the calculation year. Based on such
calculation, the Parties shall calculate hourly rates that should have applied throughout the calculation year. The Parties will then re-calculate the Prices that should have applied throughout the calculation year and determine the total amount
that Company should have paid to Supplier in such year. If Company should have paid more or less than Company did pay, Supplier shall pay to Company promptly any excess calculated, or Company shall pay to Supplier any deficiency calculated, as the
case may be, within the period determined in accordance with Article 8 of this Agreement for the payment of invoice. 
  

	 	(7)	Such labor rates are subject to adjustment in the event that a Company Chosen Subcontractor raises its labor rates to Supplier prior to the time that Supplier has qualified such
Company Chosen Subcontractor in accordance with its standard qualification procedures, or nine (9) months following the Effective Date, whichever first occurs. The Parties shall mutually agree as to the impact of any such increase in labor
rates. 

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

 Service Fees 
 The initial rates for Services set out in the box below, if any, have been mutually agreed between the Parties. Prior to any other Services being performed, the Parties shall agree upon the rates that will apply for
such Services. Rates shall be established using the same principles that underlie the Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates for hourly work set out in the schedule of rates above. 
  

					
	 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES TO BE
PROVIDED
	  	 RATES
	  	 DELIVERABLE

		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT G2 
 MANUFACTURER PER UNIT PRICING FORMULA RATES 
 AND SERVICE FEES FOR NORTH AMERICA

 This Attachment G2 sets out pricing formula rates for Products sold by Supplier under this Agreement for delivery from a location within the North
America region, including, expressly, Mexico, and/or for Services performed in such region. For the avoidance of doubt, this Attachment G2 does not apply to any Product the Price for which is subject to Attachment G1 or any other Attachment G.

 Manufacturer Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates (1) 
  

			
	 Facility
	  	North
America
	Material Mark-Up (% of BOM) (1)	  	[*]
	Manual Rate ($/hr) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)	  	[*]
	Auto Rate ($/hr) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)	  	[*]
	Test Rate ($/hr) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)	  	[*]
	SGA (% of COGS)(1)	  	[*]
	Profit (% of Price)(1)	  	[*]

 WHERE: 
  

	 	(a)	The Material Mark-Up Rate is expressed as a percentage of the BOM, excluding SG&A and Profit; 

  

	 	(b)	Manual Rate, Auto Rate and Test Rate each refer to the loaded labor at cost, excluding SG&A and Profit; 

  

	 	(c)	SG&A Rate is expressed as a percentage of COGS, excluding Profit; and 

  

	 	(d)	Profit is expressed as a percentage of sales, pre income tax. 

 NOTES:

  

	 	(1)	The Material Mark-up, SGA and Profit rates set forth herein are only applicable to Products whose BOM value does not exceed [*]. For Products with BOM values that exceed [*], the
Parties have agreed to reduce certain pricing factors 

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

 according to the table below: 
  

									
	 BOM Value
	  	 Material
Mark-up
 (% of BOM)
	  	 Mark-Up Cap
	  	 SG&A (% of COGS)
	  	 Profit (% of Price)

	 [*]
	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	 [*]
	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	 [*]
	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	 [*]
	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]
	 [*]
	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]

 The Parties agree that the Material Mark-Up percentage set forth in the table above for Products
whose BOM value exceeds [*] is intended to cover the cost of supply chain management and related warehousing, and the actual costs incurred for inbound freight and attrition. Company and Supplier will review actual freight and attrition costs for
each Product whose BOM value exceeds [*] at the end of each quarter to set overall pricing per Article 6, including the price for freight and attrition, for the subsequent quarter. In the event that the actual cost of freight and attrition
determined at the end of the quarter exceeds that which was established at the beginning of the quarter, Company agrees to reimburse Supplier for the difference, subject to the cap discussed below. For avoidance of doubt, the cost of supply
chain management and related warehousing for Products whose BOM values exceedi [*] shall be set at [*], and added to the actual cost of freight and attrition to calculate whether the percentage Material Mark-Up set for each quarter covers the cost
of freight and attrition. For the beginning of the first quarter of the Term, freight and attrition costs shall be deemed to have been established for each Product at the amount derived by multiplying the Product’s BOM value by the applicable
Material Mark-up percentage and subtracting [*]. For example, the amount established for the first quarter for freight and attrition for a Product whose BOM value is [*] is [*]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Company’s
liability in any quarter for Supplier’s supply chain management, related warehousing, freight and attrition costs applicable to any Product, including any reimbursements provided for herein, exceed the applicable Mark-Up Cap set forth in the
table above. 
  

	 	(2)	The hourly rates initially set forth above are fixed for the first year of the Agreement, subject to the Notes below. 

  

	 	(3)	These hourly rates are subject to reduction in the second year of this Agreement, as set forth below: 

  

							
	 2nd Year Revenue*
	  	 Manual Rate
	  	 Auto Rate
	  	 Test Rate

	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]

  

	 	*	Where “Revenue” refers to Suppliers revenue for the sales of Products subject to this Attachment G2. 

 In the event the revenue received by Supplier during the 2nd year is less than [*], the formula for calculating rates for the 1st year shall be used to determine the actual rates to be applied in the 2nd year. 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

	 	(4)	These hourly rates are subject to reduction in the third year of this Agreement, as set forth below: 

  

							
	 3rd Year Revenue*
	  	 Manual Rate
	  	 Auto Rate
	  	 Test Rate

	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]	  	[*]

  

	 	*	Where “Revenue” refers to Suppliers revenue for the sales of Products subject to this Attachment G2. 

 In the event the revenue received by Supplier during the 3rd year is less than [*], the formula for calculating rates for the 2ndt year shall be used to determine the actual rates to be applied in the 2nd year. 
  

	 	(5)	These hourly rates are subject to increase in the second and third years of this Agreement if Supplier’s revenues from sales of Products under this Agreement are less than [*].
The applicable rates in such event shall be mutually agreed by the Parties. 

  

	 	(6)	Not later than ten (10) days following the start of the year, the hourly rates for each of years two and three shall be established based on Company’s Forecast for the
whole of the year (converted to a forecast of revenue to Supplier) and such rates shall apply during the whole of such year. 

 Within thirty (30) days after the close of each of the second and third years (the “calculation year”), the Parties will calculate the actual amount of revenue to which Supplier is entitled on account of actual product
purchased by Company in the calculation year. Based on such calculation, the Parties shall calculate hourly rates that should have applied throughout the calculation year. The Parties will then re-calculate the Prices that should have applied
throughout the calculation year and determine the total amount that Company should have paid to Supplier in such year. If Company should have paid more or less than Company did pay, Supplier shall pay to Company promptly any excess calculated, or
Company shall pay to Supplier any deficiency calculated, as the case may be, within the period determined in accordance with Article 8 of this Agreement for the payment of invoice. 
 Service Fees 
 The initial rates for Services set out in the box below, if any, have been
mutually agreed between the Parties. Prior to any other Services being performed, the Parties shall agree upon the rates that will apply for such Services. Rates shall be established using the same principles that underlie the Manufacturer

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 4        

  

 Per Unit Pricing Formula Rates for hourly work set out in the schedule of rates above. 
  

					
	 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
	  	RATES	  	DELIVERABLE
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT H 
 EXAMPLE PRODUCT PLAN 
 THE APPLICABLE PRODUCT PLAN WILL BE DISCUSSED AND MODIFIED

 BY THE PARTIES AS NEEDED 
 PRODUCT PLAN Product Description: 
 Company Contact: 
 Supplier Contact: 
 Note: the information below is provided as an example. The specific requirements
and reporting 
 frequencies should be specified for each particular Product Plan. 
  

					
	 Article Section in Supply
Agreement
	  	 Specific Requirements
	  	 Reporting Frequency

	22.2 ISO and Telecommunication Requirements	  	A copy of the Registrar Audit Report, including findings, and subsequent corrective action responses.	  	Quarterly update and as any certification change occurs.
			
	22.3 Quality Audits	  	Responses to Corrective Action Requests.	  	Within 20 days from completion of each audit.
			
	22.5 Source Inspection	  	 Conditions for Transfer of Source Inspection Costs to Supplier and back to Company: If the Product inspection performance results do not meet the
Company’s inspection requirements after five (5) lots per Product number or Product family including the First Article lot then the costs of Company’s source inspection shall be paid by Supplier. Once the Product inspection performance
results meet Company’s inspection requirements for five (5) consecutive lots, then the costs associated with Company’s source inspection shall no longer be paid by Supplier.
  
 Responses to Corrective Action Requests.
	  	Within 30 days.
			
	22.6 First Article Inspection	  	Data, samples.	  	Upon completion.
			
	22.8 Product and Manufacturing Quality	  	 Test process yield data for each test station for each product.
 Pareto of defects by test station by product. and Repair data, “ Test and Repair” at the serial number level of applicable product Root
cause analysis and CAP for problems by incidence.
 FMAs by incidence
  
	  	 Weekly
 .

			
		  	 A chart of Defects Per Million Opportunities (DPMO) by Product.
 A chart of Defects Per Million Opportunities (DPMO) by component and vendor.
	  	Monthly

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

					
			
		  	 Vendor Corrective Action Summaries.
 Vendor Scorecards
 Product Scrap Reports.
 Report of Corrective Actions assigned by the Company to Supplier
	  	
			
	22.8 Product and Manufacturing Quality	  	 IPC/EIA J-STD-001.
	  	No report necessary.
			
	22.9 Supplier and Subcontractor ESD Requirements	  	 1. Supplier’s internal audit results.
 2. ANSI/ESD - S20.20
	  	Annually.
			
	22.10 Supplier and Subcontractor MSD Requirements	  	 Per applicable Supplier process instructions for moisture sensitive devices.
 Moisture sensitive devices (MSD) per IPC/JEDEC J-STD-033 requirements
	  	Annually.
			
	22.11 Nonconforming Product and corrective action procedures	  	 Corrective action report shall include:
 The initial
action taken to contain the problem.
 An explanation of the root cause of the problem.
 The proposed corrective action or solution to the problem.
 The actual or planned implementation date of the corrective
action.
 The plans for verifying that the corrective action was effective. Include the actual or planned date of the verification of
effectiveness.
	  	Within 20 days of nonconformance notification.
			
	22.13 Failure Mode Analysis	  	 Corrective action report shall include:
 The initial
action taken to contain the problem.
 An explanation of the root cause of the problem.
 The proposed corrective action or solution to the problem.
 The actual or planned implementation date of the corrective
action.
 The plans for verifying that the corrective action was effective. Include the actual or planned date of the verification of
effectiveness.
	  	Within 5 days from the request.
			
	22.14 Epidemic Failure Condition and Corrective Action Requirements	  	 Corrective Action Plan shall include:
 The initial action
taken to contain the problem.
 An explanation of the root cause of the problem.
 The proposed corrective action or solution to the problem.
 The actual or planned implementation date of the corrective
action.
 The plans for verifying that the corrective action was effective. Include the actual or planned date of the verification of
effectiveness.
	  	Within 5 days of the reported occurrence.
			
	22.14 Epidemic Failure Condition OOB Level	  	Epidemic failure requirement >          OOB failures	  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

					
	22.15 Annual Quality Improvement Goals and Requirements	  	 Customer return rates and on time delivery performance.
 Verification Test and Workmanship results.
 In-circuit, functional and final system test yields.
	  	Quarterly.
			
	39.1 Banned substances for packaging & products	  	Specification B71SQM01-1	  	With each Product introduction or change
			
	55.2 Environmentally Hazardous materials	  	Specification B71SQM01-1	  	
			
	55.1 Shipping & Receiving Specifications	  		  	
			
	55.2 Packaging Container Specifications	  		  	
			
	55.3 Warranty: data	  	Provide data fields: Item serial number, Order number, Manufacture ship date, Parent serial number, Product line, Product identification, Circuit pack code or microcode, Circuit pack series or
issue of microcode, Origination location.	  	Upon shipment.
			
	55.4 Export packaging & Marking specifications	  		  	
			
	57 Product Conformance	  	To be determined.	  	To be determined.
			
	Product-specific documentation	  	Inspection Methods of Instruction, Test Design Requirements.	  	No report necessary.

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT I 
 FLEXIBLE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS 
 A Forecast shall be sent by Company to Supplier each week on a specific day.
Supplier shall plan material requirements and production capacity based on such forecasts in order to support changes in the Company forecast. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver in accordance with the agreed Flexibility
Requirements. 
 FLEXIBILITY REQUIREMENTS for Product Class A :  
 Week 1-2: +10% , -10% 
 Week 3-4 +20% , -20%

 Week 5-8: +30% , -30% 
 Week
9-12: +50% , -50% 
 Week 13-16: +100% , -100% 
 Week >16: +unlimited , -100% 
 FLEXIBILITY REQUIREMENTS for Product Class B: 
 Week 1: fixed 
 Week 2-4 +20%, -20%

 Week 5-8 +30%, -30% 
 Week
9-12: +40% , -50% 
 Week 13-16: +50% , -50% 
 Week 17-20: +100%, -100% 
 Week >20: +unlimited , -100% 
 Product classes (e.g., Class A and Class B . . . Class “N”) shall be defined based on product volume, end-customer flexibility requirements, etc...

 Rules for defining FLEXIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: 
 R1: The Absolute Maximum Quantity can be maximally equal to the Physical Maximum Capacity. 
 R2: The Absolute Maximum / Minimum is
determined by the Base Quantity and the Maximum / 
 Minimum Flexibility when reaching a new Flexibility Zone. 
 R3: The new Absolute Maximum / Minimum can not be higher / lower than the Absolute 
 Maximum / Minimum of the zone before. 
 R4:
Customer agrees to allow Supplier to finish all WIP (Work in Process) located at Supplier manufacturing facilities and/or sub-contractors to completion and ship completed products to FGI (Finished Goods Inventory) where products will be subject to
the inventory buy back terms within this Agreement. 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

 When defining a FLEXIBILITY CORRIDOR the following terms shall apply: 
  

			
	Flexibility Zone	  	Area with the same flexibility
	Maximum Flexibility	  	Percentage maximum per Flexibility Zone
	Minimum Flexibility	  	Percentage minimum per Flexibility Zone
	Base Quantity	  	Absolute quantity, when Flexibility Zone is entered the first time
	Absolute Maximum	  	Absolute maximum quantity for each Flexibility Zone
	Absolute Minimum	  	Absolute minimum quantity for each Flexibility Zone
	Absolute Weekly Increase	  	Absolute quantity increase from week to week
	Absolute Weekly Decrease	  	Absolute quantity decrease from week to week
	Physical Maximum Capacity	  	Maximum applicable capacity of SUPPLIER

 FLEXIBILITY REQUIREMENTS Example: 
 

 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT J 
 RETURN AND REPAIR SERVICES 
 TO BE DETERMINED 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT K 
 MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION LETTER 
 DATE 
  

	
	Name of Supplier
	 Attn.
                            

	 ADDRESS:
                            

 Re: Authorization for Supplier to Purchase Material at Andrew’s negotiated or contracted prices

 Dear             , 
 The purpose of this Material Authorization Letter is to set forth the understanding by and between
             (“Supplier”) and Andrew Corporation (“Andrew”) regarding the purchase by Supplier of Material at Andrew’s negotiated or contracted prices.
Andrew, at its sole option, will seek authorization of certain Material vendors to permit Supplier, a supplier of Andrew, to purchase Material at the prices set forth in Andrew’s Material purchase agreements with its Material vendors. Terms and
conditions, stated in such Material purchase agreements, applicable to Andrew, will not be applicable to Supplier. As a condition precedent to Andrew using reasonable commercial efforts to seek such Material vendor authorizations, Supplier and
Andrew, in consideration of the promises and benefits outlined below, agree as follows: 
 Supplier shall use Materials purchased at the Andrew prices
only for the production or repair of Product sold to Andrew under this Agreement. 
 Savings incurred by Supplier due to the benefit of volume
purchase discounts applicable to Materials purchased under the Andrew Material purchase agreements will be passed on to Andrew via the Andrew business group placing the purchase order with Supplier. 
 3.        Andrew shall have no liability whatsoever to either Supplier or Material Vendor for the authorization given or the
transactions contemplated herein between Supplier and Material Vendor. 
 Supplier shall hold in confidence any and all information related to the Andrew
Material purchase agreement, including, but not limited to, business information, specifications, technical information, forecasts, prices; and Supplier hereby agrees to use such information only for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations with
Andrew. Supplier will use commercial reasonable effort to share such information only with employees and authorized representatives with a need to know and will instruct such individuals regarding their obligation to maintain such information as
confidential and as the sole property of Andrew. 
 Andrew will notify Supplier in writing of Material vendors consenting to extend Andrew’s Material
prices (and other terms) to Supplier and will forward appropriate applicable price appendices (and other terms as applicable). Supplier acknowledges and agrees that Andrew may withdraw its authorization (which will facilitate Supplier’s
purchase described herein) under any or all of the Andrew Material purchase agreements at any time. 
 Supplier agrees to provide access to Andrew, or its
authorized representatives, to Supplier’s books and records for the purpose of verifying compliance with this letter agreement. 
 WHEREFORE, duly
authorized representatives of Supplier hereby execute this letter agreement indicating 

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

 
approval and understanding of the terms set forth above; this letter agreement shall be effective as of
                    . 
  

					
		    	Accepted by:	  	
			
	ANDREW CORPORATION	    	SUPPLIER	  	
			
	  
 Signature
	    	  
 Signature
	  	
			
	  
 Name
	    	  
 Name
	  	
			
	  
 Title
	    	  
 Title
	  	
			
	  
 Date
	    	  
 Date
	  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT L 
 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT M 
 NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTION (NPI) PROCESS 
 1.0        New Product
Introduction Support by Supplier 
 1.1        Supplier acknowledges that the execution of an effective New
Product Introduction (“NPI”) process is a critical competitive requirement for Company. As part of Company’s NPI process, the Parties will develop and mutually agree upon a documented Program Plan outlining Program Goals for each new
Product that Company intends for Supplier to manufacture pursuant to this Agreement. As such, the Parties shall make commercially reasonable efforts to meet the Program Goals documented in the Program Plan. Each party’s progress toward meeting
the Program Goals shall be measured by the other party and managed by the responsible party. 
 1.2        For the
purposes of this Attachment, “Program Plan” means Company’s documented plan outlining the Program Goals for a new Product that Company intends to have Supplier manufacture pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. For the purposes of
this Attachment, “Program Goals” may mean but are not necessarily limited to Company’s time to volume goals, volume cost goals, quality goals, time to market goals and target costs as identified in the Program Plan. 
 1.3        Supplier shall provide NPI managers, material planner buyers and/or engineers to assist in the introduction of
Company’s new Products. Part of their responsibility will be to provide Supplier’s DFx input to Company and manage the Engineering and NPI Manufacturing Services for Supplier outlined in Sections 2.0 and 4.0 of this Attachment. At
Company’s request, upon mutual agreement of the Parties, Supplier shall co-locate for a mutually agreeable period of time the appropriate Supplier technical and business personnel with Company’s design teams to assist in the timely and
smooth transfer of new Products from design into Supplier’s manufacturing process. The costs associated with the foregoing shall typically be charged by Supplier to Company as a separately billable non-recurring engineering charge, for which
Company shall issue Supplier a purchase order in accordance with Article 10 of this Agreement. No effort by Supplier hereunder shall be expended until the Parties have mutually agreed as to such costs and billing. 
 2.0        Engineering Services 
 2.1        For any new Products that Company intends to have Supplier manufacture pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Supplier agrees to provide the following Services to assist in the timely and
smooth introduction of new Products into Supplier’s manufacturing process (“Engineering Services”). The costs associated with the following Engineering Services shall typically be charged by Supplier to Company as a separately
billable non-recurring engineering charge for which Company shall issue Supplier a purchase order in accordance with Article 10 of this Agreement. No effort by Supplier hereunder shall be expended until the Parties have mutually agreed as to such
costs and billing. 
  

	 	(a)	 DFx reviews. Supplier shall provide detailed and complete reports within a mutually agreeable timeframe, with a targeted delivery date of three (3) Business
Days after each design or stock list review or Prototype or Pilot build to Company and generate any appropriate NPI Engineering Change Requests. For the purposes of this Attachment, “DFx” means, but is not limited to, design for
manufacturing, design for assembly, design for environment, design for test, design for ease of transition of manufacturing location, and design for the supply chain. The intention of DFx feedback is to identify opportunities 

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

	 	 
to improve manufacturability, quality, and/or to reduce cost and Product introduction interval. DF Reviews will be provided at no charge to Company.

  

	 	(b)	Stock list reviews triggered by receipt of a Material stock list from Company. Supplier’s report shall outline Material costs, lead times, availability, quality rating, and
risk assessment for the Material identified on the stock list. Any recommendations for Material substitutions and alternative Material vendors would be provided by Supplier at that time through appropriate NPI Engineering Change Requests. Stock list
reviews will be provided at no charge to Company 

  

	 	(c)	Packaging and Labeling. Supplier shall be responsible for developing and acquiring any new packaging and labeling required for all new Products that Supplier would manufacture
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 

  

	 	(d)	Nonrecurring Engineering. Unless otherwise agreed to under a separate development agreement, Company shall be responsible for the non-recurring expenses necessary to develop any
assembly or test processes or in-circuit or functional test software, stencils, fixtures, tooling, etc. that are required to support the manufacture of any new Products by Supplier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The costs and the
Parties’ responsibilities associated with the actual fixtures, tooling, and test sets are set forth in Section 3.0 of this Attachment. 

 2.2        In addition to the Engineering Services outlined in Section 2.1 and in accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement, Supplier agrees to provide the following Services to Company on an as
requested basis. The fees associated with these Services will be agreed to by the Parties prior to the start of the work by Supplier and will not be recovered by Supplier in the Price of the Product but will be paid by Company to Supplier when the
mutually agreed upon milestones have been met. 
  

	 	(a)	Specific component reliability qualification; 

	 	(b)	Compliance testing; 

	 	(c)	Environmental stress testing; and 

	 	(d)	Other Services as may be agreed to by the Parties. 

	 	(e)	Failure analysis 

 3.0        Fixtures, Tooling and Test Sets 
 3.1        Unless otherwise agreed to in writing between the Parties, Supplier shall be responsible for funding any costs associated with providing the necessary stencils, fixtures, tooling, and test
sets required to support the manufacture of a new Product by Supplier and, to the extent such costs are uniquely required to support such manufacture, they shall be recovered as provided in this Agreement. All charges intended to be invoiced to
Company must be authorized in advance through approved budgetary quotes. Final billing, at actual incurred costs, must be within the budgetary authorization, unless the overrun was approved in advance by the Company. 
 3.2        Subject to prior approval as provided in Section 3.1 above, Company agrees to reimburse Supplier at
Supplier’s actual incurred cost for any stencils, fixtures, tooling, and test sets that were used while Supplier was providing NPI Manufacturing Services to Company but cannot be utilized, through no fault of Supplier, during production.

 3.3        Supplier agrees that all stencils, fixtures, tooling, and test sets used in the production of Products
by Supplier shall be subject to the terms set forth in Article 36 and Article 49 of the Agreement. 
 4.0        NPI Manufacturing Services 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 3        

  

 4.1        Supplier shall provide, at Company’s request, NPI
Manufacturing Services to Company as part of the NPI process. For the purposes of this Attachment, “NPI Manufacturing Services” means manufacturing Services performed by Supplier in the period prior to the commencement of pre-production or
volume manufacture of a Product by Supplier. These Services are in addition to the Engineering Services described in Section 2.0 of this Attachment. The scope of Supplier’s NPI Manufacturing Services to Company may include, without
limitation, the following: 
  

	 	(a)	Material stock list procurement and inventory stocking; 

	 	(b)	Manufacture of Product Prototype and Pilot build units; 

	 	(c)	Manufacturing Readiness Review (provided at no charge to Company); and 

	 	(d)	Clear to build Material analysis (provided at no charge to Company). 

 For
purposes of this Attachment, “Prototypes” are either: (a) assemblies intended for laboratory evaluation of performance or software development, or (b) assemblies intended to evaluate form, fit, and function and must meet
Company’s Product Specifications, unless specific relaxations have been agreed to by the Parties. “Pilot Builds” are assemblies intended to determine what, if any, changes might be required to the design, assembly and test processes
or the Specifications before the Product is ready for volume production. 
 4.2        Payment for the performance of
said NPI Manufacturing Services shall be in accordance with Section 6.0 of this Attachment. 
 4.3        Company will provide Supplier with a written statement of requirements that details the Product Prototype or Pilot build quantities and dates, test requirements, etc. The Parties shall
subsequently jointly develop a project plan that includes milestones and relevant due dates in support of said requirements. During the NPI process, Supplier shall provide to Company regular written progress reports on at least a weekly basis. All
such reports shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following information: 
  

	 	(a)	status of Supplier’s progress toward meeting the required Product Prototype or Pilot build quantities and dates; 

	 	(b)	short description of problems or potential problems, if any, preventing Supplier from meeting the said quantities and build dates; 

	 	(c)	recovery method proposed in order to meet the said quantities and build dates, if needed, and 

	 	(d)	any other information related to the NPI Manufacturing Services as may be reasonably requested by Company. 

 4.4        Supplier will perform such NPI Manufacturing Services and deliver any requested deliverables to Company in accordance
with the agreed upon schedule applicable to such deliverable. Additionally, Supplier agrees to: 
  

	 	(a)	Deliver Prototype or Pilot build quantities from each build to Company within a mutually agreed upon timeframe. 

  

	 	(b)	As required, respond to NPI related Engineering Change Orders issued by Company in accordance with Article 59 of this Agreement. 

 4.5        Upon Company’s request in writing, Supplier shall have the responsibility for procuring and storing all the
necessary Material to support the agreed upon Product Prototype, or Pilot build schedules and quantities. Any Excess or Obsolete Material will be dealt with in accordance with Article 13 of this Agreement. 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 4        

  

 4.6        Supplier shall schedule NPI Manufacturing Services in such a
manner as to ensure that the Product Prototype or Pilot build activity will not adversely impact Supplier’s manufacturing capability to meet Company’s Product Orders. 
 4.7        Supplier shall produce NPI builds on the standard production line, or duplicate equipment, to allow efficient introduction of products into volume production.

 5.0        Advanced Technology Development 
 5.1        Company and Supplier will develop means for Company to share its Product technology roadmaps and future manufacturing technology requirements and for Supplier to
share its manufacturing technology development plans in order to address technology requirements to support Company’s future products. This exchange may result in identification of co-development projects whose cost and schedule will be
mutually agreed by the Parties. 
 5.2        It is expected that the results of applicable Supplier-funded
development programs will be made available to the Company for inclusion into Company’s DFx guidelines, as appropriate. DFx guidelines will be provided to the Company by the Supplier, as well as any updates, at no charge. 
 5.3        Supplier is expected to assist Company in keeping Company’s DFx guidelines up to date, both through review of
Company designs and the DFx change management process. It is understood that Company’s DFX guidelines will be used for Products made by all of Company’s electronic manufacturing service providers. 
 6.0        Pricing 
 6.1        Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, prices for Product Prototypes, Models, and Pilot production quantities delivered to Company by Supplier shall be priced in accordance with the
formula discussed below. This pricing formula will apply to the first two hundred (200) units manufactured of any new product. Any subsequent volumes will be priced according to Attachment G. 
 NPI pricing formula: [*] 
 7.0        NPI Process Alignment 
 7.1        The Parties
agree that any conflict between the text of this Attachment M and the pictorial diagram attached to this Attachment as Page 5 shall be governed by such text. 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 

 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT N 
 ORDERING COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT 
 TO:        ELCOTEQ CORPORATION (“Supplier”) 
 Reference is made to the Manufacturing Supply Agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) dated
                         made between Supplier and Andrew Corporation (“Company”). Capitalized terms which are
defined in the Supply Agreement and which are used and not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Supply Agreement. 
 WHEREAS the undersigned is has been designated by Company as an Ordering Company pursuant to Article 53.1 of the Agreement; 
 AND WHEREAS Article 53.2 of the Supply Agreement provides that an Ordering Company may be eligible to purchase Products, Commercially Purchased Items and Services from Supplier on the same terms and conditions,
including the same prices, as set forth in the Supply Agreement, provided that the conditions in Article 53.2 of the Supply Agreement are met; 
 NOW
THEREFORE the undersigned hereby: 
 (1)        covenants and agrees to be bound by the Supply Agreement, as the same
may be amended from time to time, as if it were the purchaser of Products in the place and stead of Andrew; 
 (2)        acknowledges and agrees that Supplier may exercise against the undersigned all of its rights and remedies which it has against Company under the Supply Agreement; and 
 (3)        acknowledges and agrees that its designation as an Ordering Company may be revoked by Company at any time. 

DATED this              day of
                    ,         . 
  

	
	[NAME OF ORDERING COMPANY]
	  
 Name:

	Title:
	An authorized signing officer

 Acknowledged and agreed this             
day of                     ,         . 
  

	
	ANDREW CORPORATION
	  
 Name:

	Title:
	An authorized signing officer

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT O 
 CATEGORIZATION OF MATERIAL 
 The Parties agree that all Material purchased by Supplier from vendors on the
Approved Vendor List (AVL) on or before December 31, 2006, shall be considered initially as Company Material. The Parties further agree that the categorization of Material shall be reviewed and adjusted on a quarterly basis as described in Art.
13.2. 
  

							
	 Commodity
	  	 Company
 Material
	  	 Supplier-
 Controlled

 Material
	  	 Supplier-
 Controlled Custom
 Material

	Amplifier	  		  		  	
	Attenuator	  		  		  	
	Bead	  		  		  	
	Cable	  		  		  	
	Capacitor	  		  		  	
	Circuit Breaker	  		  		  	
	Coupler	  		  		  	
	Die Cast/CNC	  		  		  	
	Diode	  		  		  	
	Drop-In Isolator	  		  		  	
	Filter	  		  		  	
	Fuse	  		  		  	
	Gasket	  		  		  	
	Hardware	  		  		  	
	Inductor	  		  		  	
	Integrated Circuit	  		  		  	
	Label	  		  		  	
	Mixer	  		  		  	
	Oscillator	  		  		  	
	Power Converter	  		  		  	
	Printed Circuit Boards	  		  		  	
	Relay	  		  		  	
	Resistor	  		  		  	
	RF Interconnect	  		  		  	
	Sheet Metal	  		  		  	
	Solder Preform	  		  		  	
	Splitter Combiner	  		  		  	
	Switch	  		  		  	
	Termination	  		  		  	
	Thermal Pad	  		  		  	
	Transformer	  		  		  	
	Transistor	  		  		  	
	Turnery	  		  		  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT P 
 MINIMUM CANCELLATION PROVISIONS 
  

					
	 Commodity Type
	  	 Lead-time
	  	 Cancellation Period
 (1) & (2)

	Resistors	  	4 Weeks	  	2 Weeks
	Electrolytic Capacitors	  	6 Weeks	  	3 Weeks
	IC Logic Devices	  	10 Weeks	  	5 Weeks
	Material Not Listed Above	  		  	50% of the Applicable
Lead-Time

  

	NOTES:  (1)	This column is expressed in the amount of time (days, weeks, etc.), or the percentage of the vendor’s lead-time, following acceptance of Supplier’s order, during which
Supplier may cancel its order without penalty or charge. 

  

	                (2)	Liability for Material not cancelled during this period may in all events remain with Supplier, as described in Article 13 of the Agreement. 

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT Q 
 INITIAL OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE MEMBERS 
 SUPPLIER MEMBERS: 
 Doug Brenner – President, Elcoteq Americas 
 Harri Ojala – President, GA Europe 
 Bruno Cathomen - VP BA CNE Business Development 
 Mitch Schoch - VP Sales & Marketing, Elcoteq Americas 
 David Murphy - Global Account Manager 
 COMPANY MEMBERS: 
 Iris Artaki – Director Quality & Reliability, Andrew BSSG 
 Matt Douglas – VP Global Operations, Andrew BSSG 
 Farid Firouzbakht – VP & GM Filter
Business Unit, Andrew BSSG 
 Fred Lietz – VP Purchasing, Andrew Corporate 
 Robert Suffern – VP & GM Power Amplifier Business Unit, Andrew BSSG 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 1        

  

 ATTACHMENT R 
 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX 
 The Parties agree that by the end of calendar year 2006 they will have discussed and agreed
in detail on a Responsibility Matrix that will documenttheir detailed and common understanding of certain of their respective responsibilities under this Agreement. The Parties will use the appended template as a starting point for their discussions
and adjust accordingly. Thereafter the Responsibility Matrix shall be reviewed and adjusted as agreed on a quarterly basis. 
  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company Instructions 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED 
  

			
	Manufacturing Supply Agreement	  	Page 2        

  

					
	 Sourcing Responsibility Mapping
	  	xx August 2006
	  	  	Responsibility
	 Sourcing Task/Issue
	  	Customer	  	Elcoteq
	 Commercial Issues that are agreed and set with supplier:
	  		  	
	 Supplier / manufacturer proposals
	  		  	
			
	 Supplier/Manufacturer approval
	  		  	
			
	 Agreement negotiation responsibility
	  		  	
	 General Purchasing Agreement
	  		  	
	 Logistics Agreement
	  		  	
	 Quality Agreement
	  		  	
			
	 General Agreement terms and conditions
	  		  	
	 Pricing
	  		  	
	 Price and price validity
	  		  	
	 Price development (reduction)
	  		  	
	 Delivery&Logistics
	  		  	
	 Delivery Term
	  		  	
	 Payment Term
	  		  	
	 Delivery Time/Lead Time
	  		  	
	 Cancellation Window
	  		  	
	 Rescheduling Window, # of reschedulings
	  		  	
	 Flexibility
	  		  	
	 Logistics model/set-up (e.g. PO, SMI, SMC)
	  		  	
	 Export control requirements
	  		  	
	 Penalities of late delivery (e.g. LD)
	  		  	
	 Quality
	  		  	
	 Supplier auditing
	  		  	
	 Quality requirements
	  		  	
	 Quality targets (DPPM, Yields)
	  		  	
	 Supplier quality reporting
	  		  	
	 Required Quality Targets and Supplier compliance
	  		  	
			
	 Corrective actions due to defective components, only to the extent
	  		  	
	 ELQ is responsible of such activity defined in Product Agreement
	  		  	
	 Epidemic Defect
	  		  	
	 Required Environmental Mgmt and Supplier compliance
	  		  	
	 Required Ethical Mgmt and Supplier compliance
	  		  	
			
	 Other contractual Issues that are agreed and set with supplier:
	  		  	
			
	 Component change management practice (ECO/PCN)
	  		  	
	 General, i.e. spesification (FFF)
	  		  	
	 RoHS compliance
	  		  	
	 Discontinuation of the production (EOL)
	  		  	
	 ELQ is only responsble for implementing the component EOL effect in
	  		  	
	 practise based on Andrew instructions. Andrew is responsible for updating
	  		  	
	 such component EOL status to compoinent database.
	  		  	
	 Component supplier liabilities
	  		  	
	 Warranty (duration and content)
	  		  	
	 Product Liability
	  		  	
	 IPR Indemnification
	  		  	
	 Other liabilities and responsibilties
	  		  	
	 As agreed in teh Manufacturing Supply Agreement between Andrew and Elcoteq SE
	  		  	

  

 Andrew - Elcoteq Proprietary 
 Use Pursuant to Company InstructionsAsset Purchase Agreement

 EXHIBIT 10.38 
 ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 between 
 ANDREW CORPORATION, 
 as the Buyer, 
 and 
 EMS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

 as the Seller, 
  
 Dated as of October 31, 2006 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 ARTICLE I
	    	 DEFINITIONS
	  	1
			
	     Section 1.1
	    	 Certain Defined Terms
	  	1
	     Section 1.2
	    	 Table of Definitions
	  	7
	     Section 1.3
	    	 Construction
	  	8
			
	 ARTICLE II
	    	 PURCHASE AND SALE
	  	9
			
	     Section 2.1
	    	 Purchase and Sale of Assets
	  	9
	     Section 2.2
	    	 Excluded Assets
	  	10
	     Section 2.3
	    	 Assumed Liabilities
	  	11
	     Section 2.4
	    	 Excluded Liabilities
	  	12
	     Section 2.5
	    	 Consideration
	  	13
	     Section 2.6
	    	 Closing
	  	13
	     Section 2.7
	    	 Transactions to be Effected at the Closing
	  	13
	     Section 2.8
	    	 Risk of Loss
	  	14
	     Section 2.9
	    	 Post-Closing Adjustment of Purchase Price
	  	14
	     Section 2.10
	    	 Allocation
	  	16
			
	 ARTICLE III
	    	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
	  	17
			
	     Section 3.1
	    	 Organization and Qualification
	  	17
	     Section 3.2
	    	 Authority
	  	17
	     Section 3.3
	    	 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents
	  	17
	     Section 3.4
	    	 Transferred Assets
	  	18
	     Section 3.5
	    	 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities
	  	19
	     Section 3.6
	    	 Absence of Certain Changes or Events
	  	20
	     Section 3.7
	    	 Compliance with Law; Permits
	  	20
	     Section 3.8
	    	 Litigation
	  	21
	     Section 3.9
	    	 Employee Plans
	  	21
	     Section 3.10
	    	 Labor and Employment Matters
	  	21
	     Section 3.11
	    	 Insurance
	  	22
	     Section 3.12
	    	 Real Property
	  	22
	     Section 3.13
	    	 Intellectual Property
	  	22
	     Section 3.14
	    	 Taxes
	  	24
	     Section 3.15
	    	 Environmental Matters
	  	26
	     Section 3.16
	    	 Material Contracts
	  	26
	     Section 3.17
	    	 Receivables
	  	28
	     Section 3.18
	    	 Customers and Suppliers; Product Retrievals
	  	28
	     Section 3.19
	    	 Inventory
	  	29
	     Section 3.20
	    	 Tangible Personal Property
	  	29
	     Section 3.21
	    	 Brokers
	  	29
	     Section 3.22
	    	 EMS Brazil
	  	29
	     Section 3.23
	    	 WARN Act
	  	30

  

 i 

					
	 ARTICLE IV
	    	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
	  	30
			
	     Section 4.1
	    	 Organization and Qualification
	  	30
	     Section 4.2
	    	 Authority
	  	30
	     Section 4.3
	    	 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents
	  	31
	     Section 4.4
	    	 Financing
	  	31
	     Section 4.5
	    	 Brokers
	  	32
	     Section 4.6
	    	 Litigation
	  	32
			
	 ARTICLE V
	    	 COVENANTS
	  	32
			
	     Section 5.1
	    	 Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing
	  	32
	     Section 5.2
	    	 Covenants Regarding Information
	  	33
	     Section 5.3
	    	 Update of Disclosure Schedules; Knowledge of Breach
	  	34
	     Section 5.4
	    	 Notification of Certain Matters
	  	35
	     Section 5.5
	    	 Intercompany Arrangements
	  	35
	     Section 5.6
	    	 Employee Benefits
	  	35
	     Section 5.7
	    	 Confidentiality
	  	38
	     Section 5.8
	    	 Consents; Further Assurances
	  	38
	     Section 5.9
	    	 Corporate Name
	  	40
	     Section 5.10
	    	 Refunds and Remittances
	  	40
	     Section 5.11
	    	 No Solicitation
	  	40
	     Section 5.12
	    	 Agreement Not to Compete
	  	41
	     Section 5.13
	    	 Bulk Transfer Laws
	  	41
	     Section 5.14
	    	 Public Announcements
	  	41
	     Section 5.15
	    	 SelectaCell Payments
	  	42
	     Section 5.16
	    	 Authority to Collect Receivables
	  	42
	     Section 5.17
	    	 Product Warranties
	  	42
	     Section 5.18
	    	 Product Authorizations
	  	43
			
	 ARTICLE VI
	    	 TAX MATTERS
	  	43
			
	     Section 6.1
	    	 Liability for Taxes
	  	43
	     Section 6.2
	    	 Assistance and Cooperation
	  	44
	     Section 6.3
	    	 Section 338(g) Election
	  	45
			
	 ARTICLE VII
	    	 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
	  	45
			
	     Section 7.1
	    	 General Conditions
	  	45
	     Section 7.2
	    	 Conditions to Obligations of the Seller
	  	45
	     Section 7.3
	    	 Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer
	  	46
			
	 ARTICLE VIII
	    	 INDEMNIFICATION
	  	46
			
	     Section 8.1
	    	 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants
	  	46
	     Section 8.2
	    	 Indemnification by the Seller
	  	47
	     Section 8.3
	    	 Indemnification by the Buyer
	  	47
	     Section 8.4
	    	 Procedures
	  	48

  

 ii 

					
	     Section 8.5
	    	 Limits on Indemnification
	  	49
	     Section 8.6
	    	 Exclusivity
	  	50
	     Section 8.7
	    	 Disclaimer of Implied Warranties
	  	51
	     Section 8.8
	    	 Adjustment to Purchase Price
	  	51
			
	 ARTICLE IX
	    	 TERMINATION
	  	51
			
	     Section 9.1
	    	 Termination
	  	51
	     Section 9.2
	    	 Effect of Termination
	  	52
			
	 ARTICLE X
	    	 GENERAL PROVISIONS
	  	52
			
	     Section 10.1
	    	 Fees and Expenses
	  	52
	     Section 10.2
	    	 Amendment and Modification
	  	52
	     Section 10.3
	    	 Waiver
	  	52
	     Section 10.4
	    	 Notices
	  	53
	     Section 10.5
	    	 Entire Agreement
	  	53
	     Section 10.6
	    	 No Third-Party Beneficiaries
	  	54
	     Section 10.7
	    	 Governing Law
	  	54
	     Section 10.8
	    	 Dispute Resolution
	  	54
	     Section 10.9
	    	 Disclosure Generally
	  	54
	     Section 10.10
	    	 Personal Liability
	  	54
	     Section 10.11
	    	 Assignment; Successors
	  	55
	     Section 10.12
	    	 Enforcement
	  	55
	     Section 10.13
	    	 No Presumption Against Drafting Party
	  	55
	     Section 10.14
	    	 Severability
	  	55
	     Section 10.15
	    	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	55
	     Section 10.16
	    	 Counterparts
	  	55
	     Section 10.17
	    	 Facsimile Signature
	  	56
	     Section 10.18
	    	 Time of Essence
	  	56
	     Section 10.19
	    	 Exchange Rate
	  	56

  

 iii 

 ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
 This ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of October 31, 2006 (this “Agreement”), is between ANDREW CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), and EMS TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Georgia corporation (the “Seller”). Each of the Buyer and the Seller is referred to individually in this Agreement as a
“Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” 
 RECITALS 
 A. The Seller, through its EMS Wireless division (including its Subsidiary EMS Brazil), is engaged in the business of designing, manufacturing and
marketing a line of radio frequency products and services, including base-station antennas, repeaters and accessories and related maintenance and services used by service providers in cellular and PCS telecommunications networks, primarily in the
United States and Brazil (the “Business”). 
 B. The Seller wishes to sell to the Buyer, and the Buyer wishes to purchase
from the Seller, the Business, and in connection therewith the Buyer is willing to assume certain specified liabilities and obligations of the Seller relating thereto, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 AGREEMENT 
 In
consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound,
agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement: 
 “Action” means any claim, action, suit, arbitration or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority. 
 “Affiliate”, with respect to any specified Person, means any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person. 
 “Ancillary
Agreements” means the Bill of Sale, the Intellectual Property Assignments, the Assumption Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement. 
 “Assumption Agreement” means an instrument of assignment and assumption, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A, pursuant to which the Buyer shall assume all of the liabilities of the Seller as of the
Closing Date that are included in the Assumed Liabilities. 
  

 1 

 “Bill of Sale” means a bill of sale, in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit
B, transferring to the Buyer all of the tangible personal property owned or held by the Seller as of the Closing Date that is included in the Transferred Assets. 
 “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the city of Atlanta, Georgia or the city of Chicago,
Illinois. 
 “Business Employees” means all individuals set forth on Annex 1. 
 “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, circumstance, effect or state of facts that is materially adverse to the
ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended through the date hereof. 
 “Control”,
including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, as general partner or managing member, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Employee
Plans” means all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, all formal written plans and all other compensation and benefit plans, contracts, policies, programs and arrangements of the Seller (other
than routine administrative procedures) in connection with the Business in effect as of the date of this Agreement, including all pension, profit sharing, savings and thrift, bonus, stock bonus, stock option or other cash or equity-based incentive
or deferred compensation, severance pay and medical and life insurance plans in which any of the Business Employees or their dependents participate. 
 “EMS Brazil” means EMS Wireless do Brasil Ltda., enrolled with the National Legal Entities Registry (CNPJ) in Brazil under No. 03.945.567/0001-29. 
 “Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, mortgage, lien, option, pledge, security interest or other restriction of any kind. 

“Environmental Laws” means any Laws of any Governmental Authority or applicable jurisdiction relating to protection and clean up of
the air, the land, the water and the environment and activities or conditions related thereto including those relating to the generation, handling, disposal, transportation, or release of or exposure to Hazardous Material. 
 “Environmental Permits” means all Permits under any Environmental Law reasonably required in the operation or conduct of the Business as
currently conducted. 
 “Final Working Capital” means the current assets of the Business less the current liabilities of the
Business (in each case including EMS Brazil on a consolidated basis, including cash and cash equivalents of EMS Brazil) as of 11:59 p.m. Atlanta, Georgia time on the day 

  

 2 

 
immediately prior to the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with the guidelines on Exhibit C, and as reflected on the Working Capital Schedule.

 “First Commercial Sale” means, with respect to the SelectaCell Products, the date any such product is first sold by the
Buyer or an Affiliate of the Buyer to a non-affiliated third party. 
 “GAAP” means United States generally accepted
accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement. 
 “Governmental Authority” means any United States or
non-United States national, federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission or any judicial or arbitral body. 
 “Hazardous Material” means any pollutant, contaminant, waste, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, toxic substance, petroleum or petroleum-based substance or waste, asbestos or asbestos-containing
materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, or any other material or substance which is defined in, regulated under or for which liability or standards of care are imposed by any Environmental Law. 
 “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property rights arising under the Laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction
with respect to the following: (a) trade names, trademarks and service marks (registered and unregistered), domain names, trade dress and similar rights and applications to register any of the foregoing (collectively, “Marks”);
(b) patents and patent applications and rights in respect of utility models or industrial designs (collectively, “Patents”); (c) copyrights and registrations and applications therefor (collectively,
“Copyrights”); (d) know-how, ideas, inventions, invention records or disclosures, discoveries, methods, processes, technical data, specifications, research and development information, technology, Software, data bases, test
information and other proprietary or confidential information, including marketing strategies and customer lists that are the subject of reasonable efforts under the circumstances to maintain the confidentiality thereof and derive economic value
from not being generally known (collectively, “Trade Secrets”). 
 “Intellectual Property Assignments”
means instruments of assignment in substantially the form of Exhibit D, transferring to the Buyer all of the Owned Business Registered IP. 
 “Known,” with respect to the Seller or the Buyer, means the actual or constructive knowledge of the persons listed under the appropriate caption in Schedule 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedules, including the knowledge
such persons would have following reasonable inquiry, as of the date the applicable representation or warranty is made or deemed made hereunder (or, with respect to a certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as of the date of delivery of
such certificate). 
 “Law” means any statute, law (including common law), ordinance, regulation, rule, code, injunction,
judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Authority. 
 “LXE” means LXE Inc., a Georgia corporation. 
  

 3 

 “Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, circumstance, effect or state of
facts that is materially adverse to (a) the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Business or (b) the ability of the Seller timely to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents or
timely to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include the effect of any event, change, circumstance, effect, or state of facts arising out of or
attributable to any of the following, either alone or in combination: (i) the base-station antenna and repeater business generally, (ii) general economic or political conditions in the United States or Brazil, (iii) the public
announcement of this Agreement or of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iv) acts of war (whether or not declared), sabotage or terrorism, military actions or the escalation thereof or other force majeure
events occurring after the date of this Agreement, in each case, occurring after the date hereof and, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iv), that does not materially and adversely affect the Business in a manner that is substantially
different from the impact to the other businesses in the industry. 
 “Net Sales” means the sum of (a) the net sales
recognized with respect to the SelectaCell Products, by the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer (or any successor to the ownership of the SelectaCell Products), to any non-Affiliate third party, for all the units of such SelectaCell Products so
sold, and (b) any net licensing revenues recognized by the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer (or any successor to the ownership of the technology associated with the SelectaCell Products) relating to the license of the Intellectual Property
included within the SelectaCell Products in connection with the sale of SelectaCell Products or any OEM program relating to the SelectaCell Products, in each case, in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, applied on
a basis consistent with the Buyer’s past practice, as in effect at the time such net sales or net revenues are recognized; provided, however, that Net Sales shall not be affected by payments by the Buyer to the Seller pursuant to
Section 5.15. 
 “Permitted Encumbrance” means, with respect to any Transferred Asset, (a) statutory liens
for current Taxes not yet due or the validity or amount of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) mechanics’, carriers’, workers’, repairers’ and other similar liens arising or incurred in the
ordinary course of business relating to obligations as to which there is no default on the part of the Seller for a period greater than 60 days, or the validity or amount of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or
pledges, deposits or other liens securing the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases or statutory obligations (including workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security legislation), (c) zoning, entitlement,
conservation restriction and other similar land use and environmental regulations by Governmental Authorities and (d) all exceptions, restrictions, easements, imperfections of title, charges, rights of way and other Encumbrances that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere with the present use of such Transferred Asset in the Business as presently conducted. 
 “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, syndicate, person, trust, association, organization or other entity, including any Governmental Authority,
and including any successor, by merger or otherwise, of any of the foregoing. 
  

 4 

 “Products” means any and all products manufactured, marketed, distributed or sold by the
Business prior to the Closing Date. 
 “Product Warranty Costs” means all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the
Buyer or any of its Affiliates from and after the Closing Date, including manufacturing overhead but excluding general and administrative overhead, to the extent arising out of or resulting from any warranty obligations existing with respect to the
Products on the Closing Date, including any such reasonable costs and expenses relating to refunds, repairs, exchanges, adjustments or returns made by customers of the Business with respect to such Products pursuant to rights under such warranty
obligations. 
 “Purchase Price” means $50,500,000. 
 “Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or
migration of a Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of any property, including the movement of Hazardous Material through or into the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or other environmental media. 

“Restricted Activities” means any of the development, manufacture, distribution or sale of tower-mounted and other fixed terrestrial
base station antennas and fixed terrestrial indoor and outdoor signal repeaters intended for use as part of, or in connection with the use of, any terrestrial cellular or PCS wireless telecommunications network, in each case, anywhere in North
America, Central America or South America; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall not be prohibited from developing, manufacturing, distributing or selling any product for end use by any government in military and
defense applications. 
 “SelectaCell Patents” means those Patents included within the Transferred Assets identified in
Exhibit E. 
 “SelectaCell Products” means the product of the Business known as the SelectaCell 1900 MHz indoor
repeater and any other indoor repeater product that is (a) covered by one or more claims of the SelectaCell Patents and (b) derived from and has substantially the same functional specifications as the SelectaCell 1900 MHz indoor repeater.

 “Seller’s Product Warranty Share” means seventy-five percent (75%) of all Product Warranty Costs incurred by
the Buyer or any of its Affiliates with respect to any individual product model (as determined by SKU number) or component, or any particular design or manufacturing defect common to multiple product models or components (a “Significant
Warranty Event”), during the two-year period immediately following the Closing Date; provided, however, that (a) the Seller shall not have any responsibility or liability for such Product Warranty Costs with respect to
any Significant Warranty Event until the aggregate Product Warranty Costs with respect to such Significant Warrant Event exceed $300,000, in which case Seller’s Product Warranty Share shall be calculated from the first dollar of the Product
Warranty Costs associated with such Significant Warranty Event, and (b) in no event shall the aggregate amount of Seller’s Product Warranty Share for all Significant Warranty Events exceed $1,200,000. 
  

 5 

 “Software” means computer software programs and related documentation and materials,
whether in source code, object code or human readable form; provided, however, that Software does not include software that is available generally through retail stores, distribution networks or is otherwise subject to
“shrink-wrap” license or “click-through” agreements, including any software pre-installed in the ordinary course of business as a standard part of hardware, equipment or fixtures purchased by the Seller or EMS Brazil and used in
the Business. 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means any other Person of which an amount of the outstanding voting securities
or other voting equity interests sufficient to elect at least a majority of its Board of Directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests) is owned, directly or indirectly, by such
first Person. 
 “Target Working Capital Amount” means $16,657,014, which reflects the current assets and the current
liabilities of the Business (in each case including EMS Brazil on a consolidated basis, but excluding cash and cash equivalents of EMS Brazil) as of 11:59 p.m. Atlanta, Georgia time on September 30, 2006, prepared in accordance with the
guidelines on Exhibit C. 
 “Tax” (and, with correlative meaning, “Taxes”) means (a) any
federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, withholding, alternative or add-on minimum, ad valorem, value added, transfer or excise tax, or any other tax, custom,
duty, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or penalty, imposed by any Governmental Authority; and (b) any liability of the Seller or EMS Brazil for the payment of amounts
described in clause (a) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group or as a result of any obligation of under any Tax sharing agreement or Tax indemnity agreement. 
 “Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, statement, information statement and other document required to be filed with
respect to Taxes. 
 “Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the documents delivered in
connection herewith and therewith. 
 “Transition Services Agreement” means the agreement, in substantially the form set
forth in Exhibit F, pursuant to which the Seller will provide certain services to the Buyer for the period of time set forth in such agreement. 
 “Working Capital Schedule” means a statement of the current assets and the current liabilities of the Business (in each case including EMS Brazil on a consolidated basis) as of 11:59 p.m. Atlanta,
Georgia time on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with the guidelines on Exhibit C. 
  

 6 

 Section 1.2 Table of Definitions. The following terms have the meanings set forth in the Sections
referenced below: 
  

			
	 Definition
	  	Location
	 Adjusted Purchase Price
	  	2.9(d)
	 Agreed Rate
	  	2.9(e)
	 Agreement
	  	Preamble
	 Allocation Schedule
	  	2.10
	 Amendment to the Articles of Association
	  	2.7(a)(iii)
	 Assumed Liabilities
	  	2.3
	 Balance Sheet
	  	3.5(a)
	 Business
	  	Recitals
	 Business Intellectual Property
	  	2.1(c)
	 Business Permits
	  	2.1(g)
	 Buyer
	  	Preamble
	 Buyer Indemnified Parties
	  	8.2
	 Buyer Savings Plan
	  	5.6(d)
	 Buyer Welfare Benefit Plans
	  	5.6(e)(i)
	 Certidão Negativa perante o INSS
	  	2.7(a)(iv)
	 Certificado de Regularidade perante o FGTS
	  	2.7(A)(v)
	 Certidão Conjunta de Débitos Relativos a Tributos Federais e à Dívida Ativa da União
	  	2.7(a)(vi)
	 Certidão Negative de Débitos da Receita Estadual
	  	27(A)(vii)
	 Closing
	  	2.6
	 Closing Date
	  	2.6
	 Closing Date Amount
	  	2.7(b)
	 COBRA Coverage
	  	5.6(e)(i)
	 Confidentiality Agreement
	  	5.7
	 Contracts
	  	2.1(a)
	 Disclosure Schedules
	  	Article III
	 EMS Brazil Balance Sheet
	  	3.5(b)
	 EMS Brazil Contracts
	  	3.16(a)
	 EMS Brazil Financial Statements
	  	3.5(b)
	 EMS Brazil Receivables
	  	3.17
	 EMS Brazil Unaudited Balance Sheet
	  	3.5(b)
	 EMS Permits
	  	3.7(c)
	 Excluded Assets
	  	2.2
	 Excluded Liabilities
	  	2.4
	 Financial Statements
	  	3.5(a)
	 Fundamental Representations
	  	8.1
	 HSR Act
	  	3.36b)
	 Indemnified Party
	  	8.4(a)
	 Indemnifying Party
	  	8.4(a)
	 Independent Accounting Firm
	  	2.9(c)
	 Inventory
	  	2.1(f)
	 Landlord Estoppels
	  	5.8(e)
	 Leased Real Property
	  	3.12
	 Losses
	  	8.2
	 Material Contracts
	  	3.16(a)
	 Names
	  	5.9
	 Notice of Disagreement
	  	2.9(b)

  

 7 

			
	 Owned Business Patents
	  	3.13(a)
	 Owned Business Registered Copyrights
	  	3.13(a)
	 Owned Business Registered IP
	  	3.13(a)
	 Owned Business Registered Marks
	  	3.13(a)
	 Party
	  	Preamble
	 Permits
	  	3.7(b)
	 Pre-Closing Tax Period
	  	6.1(b)
	 Post-Closing Tax Period
	  	6.1(b)
	 Product Authorizations
	  	3.3(b)
	 Product Warranties Notice of Disagreement
	  	5.17(a)
	 Product Warranty Costs Schedule
	  	5.17(a)
	 Quotas
	  	2.1(j)
	 Real Property
	  	2.1(b)
	 Receivables
	  	2.1(d)
	 Representatives
	  	5.2(a)
	 Required Consents
	  	5.8(a)
	 Royalty Payment
	  	5.15(a)
	 Royalty Period
	  	5.15(a)
	 Seller
	  	Preamble
	 Seller Indemnified Parties
	  	8.3
	 Tangible Personal Property
	  	2.1(e)
	 Target Amount
	  	5.15(a)
	 Target SelectaCell Payment
	  	5.15(a)
	 Termination Date
	  	9.1(d)
	 Third Party Claim
	  	8.4(a)
	 Transfer Taxes
	  	6.1(a)
	 Transferred Assets
	  	2.1
	 Transferred Employees
	  	5.6(a)
	 WARN Act
	  	3.23

 Section 1.3 Construction. 
 (a) Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, (i) references to the plural include the singular, and references to the
singular include the plural, (ii) references to one gender include the other gender, (iii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms or words and shall be deemed to be
followed by the words “without limitation”, (iv) the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, “hereto” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any
particular provision of this Agreement, (v) the terms “day” and “days” mean and refer to calendar day(s), and (vi) the terms “year” and “years” mean and refer to calendar year(s). 
 (b) Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, references in this Agreement to any document, instrument or agreement (including this Agreement)
(i) includes and incorporates all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (ii) includes all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof and (iii) means such document, instrument or
agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and in effect at any 

  

 8 

 
given time. All Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references herein are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement, unless
otherwise specified. 
 ARTICLE II 
 PURCHASE AND SALE 
 Section 2.1 Purchase and Sale of Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, at the Closing, the Seller shall sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Buyer all of the Seller’s right, title and interest as of the Closing Date in, to and under the Transferred Assets, and the Buyer shall purchase,
acquire, accept and pay for the Transferred Assets and assume the Assumed Liabilities. “Transferred Assets” shall mean all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the business, the assets, properties,
rights and goodwill (wherever located), real or personal, whether tangible or intangible, that are owned by or leased or licensed to the Seller and used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the Business (other than the Excluded Assets),
as of the Closing Date, including the assets, properties and rights referred to below: 
 (a) all contracts and agreements, oral or written,
to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound that are used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the Business, or that arise primarily out of the operation or conduct of the Business or to which the Transferred Assets
are subject including all contracts and agreements listed in Schedule 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedules (collectively, the “Contracts”); 
 (b) all real property, leaseholds and other interests in real property leased by the Seller and used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the Business, together with the Seller’s right, title and
interest in, to and under all structures, facilities or improvements located thereon, all fixtures, systems, equipment and other items of personal property attached or appurtenant thereto and all easements, licenses, rights and appurtenances
relating to the foregoing (the “Real Property”); 
 (c) all Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Seller and
used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the Business (including any confidentiality agreements to protect the Seller’s interest therein) (the “Business Intellectual Property”); 
 (d) all accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables due to the Seller in connection with the Business (the
“Receivables”), together with any unpaid interest or fees accrued thereon or other amounts due with respect thereto; 
 (e)
all machinery, equipment, furniture, furnishings, parts, spare parts, vehicles and other tangible personal property or interests therein owned or leased by the Seller and used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the Business (the
“Tangible Personal Property”); 
 (f) all raw materials, work-in-progress, finished goods, supplies, packaging materials and
other inventories (including in transit, on consignment or in the possession of any third party) owned by the Seller (including any of the foregoing in possession of third parties) and used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the
Business (the “Inventory”); 
  

 9 

 (g) all Permits of the Seller used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the Business (the
“Business Permits”); 
 (h) all files, invoices, customers’ and suppliers’ lists, other distribution lists,
billing records, sales and promotional literature, manuals and customer and supplier correspondence of the Seller relating primarily to the Business; 
 (i) all credits, prepaid expenses, deferred charges (other than deferred Taxes), advance payments, prepaid items and security deposits that are used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in, or arising
primarily out of or relating primarily to, the Business; 
 (j) 1,936,560 quotas in EMS Brazil (including the quota currently held by LXE)
representing 100% of its capital, free and clear of any Encumbrances (the “Quotas”); 
 (k) all rights to causes of action,
lawsuits, judgments, claims, credits and demands of any nature in favor of the Seller to the extent relating to the Business or the Transferred Assets, including all rights under all guarantees, warranties, indemnities and similar rights in favor of
the Seller; 
 (l) all goodwill generated by or associated with the Business; and 
 (m) all rights in and to products sold in the operation or conduct of the Business. 
 Section 2.2 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 2.1 to the contrary, the Seller is not selling, and the
Buyer is not purchasing, any of the following assets of the Seller (except to the extent that such assets are assets directly owned by EMS Brazil), all of which shall be retained by the Seller (collectively, the “Excluded Assets”):

 (a) all of the Seller’s cash and cash equivalents as of 11:59 p.m. Atlanta, Georgia time on the day immediately prior to the Closing
Date; 
 (b) the Seller’s corporate books and records of internal corporate proceedings, Tax Returns, taxpayer and other identification
numbers; 
 (c) all rights in the following names and marks and any variation or derivation thereof: “EMS,” “EMS
Technologies” and “EMS Wireless”; 
 (d) all of the Seller’s bank accounts; 
 (e) all (i) accounting records (including records relating to Taxes) and internal reports relating to the business activities of the Seller that are
not Transferred Assets, and (ii) work papers and books and records relating to the Business that the Seller is required by Law to retain; provided, however, that the Seller shall provide copies of such accounting records, internal
reports, work papers and books and records to the extent that they would reasonably be expected to relate primarily to the operation and conduct of the Business following the Closing; 
  

 10 

 (f) any interest in or right to any refund of any Taxes for which the Seller is liable pursuant to this
Agreement, except to the extent such refund is treated as a current asset in the calculation of Final Working Capital; 
 (g) any insurance
policies and rights, claims or causes of action thereunder; 
 (h) except as specifically provided in Section 5.6, any assets
relating to any Employee Plan; 
 (i) all rights, claims and causes of action to the extent relating to any Excluded Asset or any Excluded
Liability; 
 (j) the assets of the Seller listed in Exhibit G; and 
 (k) all rights of the Seller under the Transaction Documents. 
 Section 2.3 Assumed Liabilities. In connection with the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets pursuant to this Agreement, as of the Closing, the Buyer shall assume and pay, discharge, perform or otherwise
satisfy the following liabilities and obligations of the Seller relating to the Business (the “Assumed Liabilities”): 
 (a)
all liabilities (other than liabilities for Taxes) of the Business reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet; 
 (b) all liabilities
(other than liabilities for Taxes) accruing, arising out of or relating to the conduct or operation of the Business incurred subsequent to the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice that would have
been required by GAAP to be reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet had such liabilities existed as of the date of the Balance Sheet; provided, however, that in no event shall the Assumed Liabilities include indebtedness for
borrowed money or guarantees thereof; 
 (c) all liabilities accruing, arising out of or relating to the conduct or operation of the Business
by the Buyer or the ownership or use of the Transferred Assets by the Buyer from and after the Closing Date; 
 (d) all liabilities for Taxes
accrued as current liabilities in the calculation of Final Working Capital (but only to the extent of the amount so accrued) and for Taxes allocated to the Buyer pursuant to Article VI; 
 (e) all liabilities and obligations of the Seller under the Contracts and the Business Permits to the extent such liabilities and obligations are not
required to be performed prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that if such liability or obligation relates to an obligation of the Seller to make a cash payment under a Contract relating to the period prior to the Closing
Date, then the Buyer shall assume such liability or obligation only to the extent it is included in the calculation of Final Working Capital; 
 (f) all rights of return and warranty obligations of the Seller or EMS Brazil associated with the Products (other than Seller’s Product Warranty Share); and 
  

 11 

 (g) all liabilities assumed by the Buyer pursuant to Section 5.6. 
 Section 2.4 Excluded Liabilities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Buyer is not assuming and the Seller
shall pay, perform or otherwise satisfy, all liabilities, obligations or commitments other than the Assumed Liabilities specifically listed in Section 2.3 (the “Excluded Liabilities”) (in the case of liabilities,
obligations or commitments of EMS Brazil, solely for purposes of Article VIII), including the following: 
 (a) all liabilities for
Taxes of the Seller except those allocated to the Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3(d); 
 (b) any liability that is not assumed by
the Buyer pursuant to Section 5.6, including any liability with respect to any retention plans implemented by the Seller or by EMS Brazil prior to the Closing; 
 (c) any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantees thereof of the Seller or EMS Brazil outstanding as of the Closing Date; 
 (d) any liability or obligation relating to an Excluded Asset; 
 (e) any Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting from any actual, material breach by the Seller or EMS Brazil under any Contract prior to the Closing (other than any right of return or warranty obligation of
the Seller or EMS Brazil associated with the Products, which shall be assumed by the Buyer to the extent provided in Section 2.3(f)); 
 (f) any liability, obligation or commitment of the Seller or EMS Brazil, whether express or implied, liquidated, absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, or known or unknown, arising primarily out of the operation or conduct by the
Seller or EMS Brazil of any business other than the Business; 
 (g) any Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting from (i) any
Action pending or threatened against the Seller or EMS Brazil as of the Closing Date, (ii) any actual, material violation by the Seller or EMS Brazil of any Applicable Law prior to the Closing, or (iii) any action, omission or event prior
to the Closing relating to any of the matters described on Schedule 3.7 (for the avoidance of doubt, any rights of return and warranty obligations relating to such matters shall be Excluded Liabilities notwithstanding
Section 2.3(f) or any other provision hereof); 
 (h) any liability of the Seller or EMS Brazil pursuant to any Environmental Law
arising from or relating to any action, event, circumstance or condition occurring or existing on or prior to the Closing Date; 
 (i) any
liability, obligation or commitment of the Seller or EMS Brazil to any of their respective Affiliates; and 
 (j) all liabilities for the
Taxes of EMS Brazil (or any predecessor thereof) for any taxable period ending prior to the Closing Date except those allocated to the Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3(d). 
  

 12 

 Section 2.5 Consideration. 
 (a) In full consideration for the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Transferred Assets to the Buyer, at the Closing, the Buyer
shall (a) pay to the Seller an amount equal to the Purchase Price and (b) assume the Assumed Liabilities. The Purchase Price shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.7 and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 2.9. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Purchase Price will be reduced by the amount of any withholding
income tax that, in the Buyer’s reasonable discretion, may be imposed by the Brazilian Taxing Authority on capital gain, if any, realized by the Seller as a result of the sale of the Quotas. 
 Section 2.6 Closing. The sale and purchase of the Transferred Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement
shall take place at a closing (the “Closing”) to be held at the offices of King & Spalding LLP, 1180 Peachtree Street, Atlanta, GA 30309, at 10:00 A.M. Atlanta time on the second Business Day following the satisfaction or,
to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiver by the Party entitled to the benefit thereof of all conditions to the obligations of the Parties set forth in Article VII (other than such conditions as may, by their terms, only be satisfied
at the Closing or on the Closing Date but subject to the satisfaction of such conditions), or at such other place or at such other time or on such other date as the Seller and the Buyer mutually may agree in writing. The day on which the Closing
takes place is referred to as the “Closing Date.” 
 Section 2.7 Transactions to be Effected at the Closing. At the
Closing: 
 (a) The Seller shall deliver to the Buyer 
 (i) an appropriately executed Bill of Sale; 
 (ii) an appropriately executed Intellectual Property
Assignments; 
 (iii) an amendment to the articles of association of EMS Brazil (“Amendment to the Articles of
Association”), duly executed by the Seller and by LXE in the form of Exhibit H, reflecting (A) transfer of the Quotas from the Seller and LXE to the Buyer, and (B) modification of the corporate name of the company so as to
exclude the expression “EMS”; 
 (iv) a valid negative certificate issued by the Social Security National Institute attesting that
EMS Brazil has no outstanding debts (“Certidão Negativa perante o INSS (CND INSS)”); 
 (v) a valid Certificate
issued by the Federal Unemployment Fund attesting that EMS Brazil is in good standing with such Fund (“Certificado de Regularidade perante o FGTS”); 
  

 13 

 (vi) a valid Certificate issued by the Federal Government attesting that EMS Brazil has no pending debts
with the Federal Government (“Certidão Conjunta de Débitos Relativos a Tributos Federais e à Dívida Ativa da União”); 
 (vii) a valid Certificate issued by the State Government of Paraná stating that EMS Brazil has no pending debts with the State Government of Paraná (“Certidão Negative de Débitos da
Receita Estadual”); 
 (viii) duly signed resignations (from the applicable board of directors and officers), effective immediately
after the Closing, of all applicable directors and officers of EMS Brazil; and 
 (ix) the consents referred to in
Section 7.3(a) and such other appropriately executed deeds (in recordable form), bills of sale, assignments, instruments of transfer and other documents as the Buyer or its counsel may reasonably request to effect the transfer of the
Transferred Assets, and to demonstrate satisfaction of the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement; and 
 (b) The Buyer shall deliver to the Seller (i) payment, by wire transfer to a bank account designated in writing by the Seller (such designation to be made at least two business days prior to the Closing Date), in immediately available
funds in U.S. dollars in an amount (the “Closing Date Amount”) equal to (A) the Purchase Price plus or minus (B) an estimate, prepared by the Seller (and reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer) and delivered to the Buyer at
least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, of any adjustment to the Purchase Price under Section 2.9 based on the most recent date practicable, (ii) an appropriately executed Assumption Agreement and (iii) such other
documents as the Seller or its counsel may reasonably request to demonstrate satisfaction of the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement; and 
 (c) The Buyer and the Seller shall execute and deliver the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Bill of Sale and the Assumption Agreement). 

Section 2.8 Risk of Loss. Until the Closing, any loss of or damage to the Transferred Assets from fire, casualty or any other occurrence shall
be the sole responsibility of the Seller. 
 Section 2.9 Post-Closing Adjustment of Purchase Price. 
 (a) During the 60 days after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall prepare the Working Capital Schedule. The Buyer shall consult with the Seller and the
parties shall cooperate with one another in the preparation of the Working Capital Schedule. Within 60 days after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller the Working Capital Schedule certified by an officer of the Buyer that it has
been prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.9. 
 (b) During the 20 Business Day period following the
Seller’s receipt of the Working Capital Schedule, the Buyer shall cooperate with the Seller and its Representatives to provide them with any information used in preparing the Working Capital Schedule reasonably requested by the Seller and its
Representatives and reasonably available to the Buyer. The 

  

 14 

 
Working Capital Schedule shall become final and binding on the 20th Business Day following delivery thereof, unless prior to the end of such period, the Seller delivers to the Buyer written notice of its disagreement (a “Notice of Disagreement”)
specifying the nature and amount of any disputed item. The Seller shall be deemed to have agreed with all items and amounts in the Working Capital Schedule not specifically referenced in the Notice of Disagreement, and such items and amounts shall
not be subject to review in accordance with Section 2.9(c). Any Notice of Disagreement may reference only disagreements based on mathematical errors or based on amounts reflected on the Working Capital Schedule not being calculated in
accordance with this Section 2.9. 
 (c) During the ten-Business Day period following delivery of a Notice of Disagreement by the
Seller to the Buyer, if any, the Parties in good faith shall seek to resolve in writing any differences that they may have with respect to the matters specified therein. During such ten-Business Day period, the Seller shall cooperate with the Buyer
and its Representatives to provide them with any information used in preparing the Notice of Disagreement reasonably requested by the Buyer or its Representatives and reasonably available to the Seller. Any disputed items resolved in writing between
the Buyer and the Seller within such ten Business Day period shall be final and binding with respect to such items, and if the Seller and the Buyer agree in writing on the resolution of each disputed item specified by the Seller in the Notice of
Disagreement and the amount of the Final Working Capital, the amount so determined shall be final and binding on the Parties for all purposes hereunder. If the Seller and the Buyer have not resolved all such differences by the end of such ten
Business Day period, the Seller and the Buyer shall submit, in writing, to an independent public accounting firm (the “Independent Accounting Firm”), their briefs detailing their views as to the correct nature and amount of each
item remaining in dispute and the amount of the Final Working Capital, and the Independent Accounting Firm shall make a written determination as to each such disputed item and the amount of the Final Working Capital, which determination shall be
final and binding on the Parties for all purposes hereunder. The determination of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be accompanied by a certificate of the Independent Accounting Firm that it reached such determination in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 2.9. The Independent Accounting Firm shall be Deloitte & Touche or, if such firm is unable or unwilling to act, such other independent public accounting firm as shall be agreed in writing by the Seller
and the Buyer. The Seller and the Buyer shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render a written decision resolving the matters submitted to it within 20 Business Days following the submission
thereof. The Independent Accounting Firm shall be authorized to resolve only those items remaining in dispute between the Parties in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.9 within the range of the difference between the
Buyer’s position with respect thereto and the Seller’s position with respect thereto. The Seller and the Buyer agree that judgment may be entered upon the written determination of the Independent Accounting Firm in any court referred to in
Section 10.8. The costs of any dispute resolution pursuant to this Section 2.9(c), including the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm and of any enforcement of the determination thereof, shall be borne by the
Parties in inverse proportion as they may prevail on the matters resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, which proportionate allocation shall be calculated on an aggregate basis based on the relative dollar values of the amounts in dispute and
shall be determined by the Independent Accounting Firm at the time the determination of such firm is rendered on the merits of the matters submitted. The fees and disbursements of the Representatives of each Party 

  

 15 

 
incurred in connection with their preparation or review of the Working Capital Schedule and preparation or review of any Notice of Disagreement, as
applicable, shall be borne by such Party. 
 (d) The Purchase Price shall be adjusted (the “Adjusted Purchase Price”),
upwards or downwards, as follows: 
 (i) if the Final Working Capital as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.9 is
greater than the Target Working Capital Amount, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upwards in an amount equal to the difference between the Final Working Capital and the Target Working Capital Amount; and 
 (ii) if the Target Working Capital Amount is greater than the Final Working Capital as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.9, the
Purchase Price shall be adjusted downwards in an amount equal to the difference between the Target Working Capital Amount and the Final Working Capital. 
 (e) If the Adjusted Purchase Price is more than the Closing Date Amount, then the Buyer shall pay to the Seller, and if the Adjusted Purchase Price is less than the Closing Date Amount, the Seller shall pay to the
Buyer, within five Business Days after the Final Working Capital becomes final, the amount of such difference by wire transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars. Amounts to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) shall bear
interest from the Closing Date to the date of such payment at an annual rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate in effect as of the third Business Day prior to the date the payment is made (the “Agreed Rate”). Payments in respect
of this Section 2.9(e) shall be made within three Business Days of final determination of the Final Working Capital pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.9 by wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately
available funds to such account or accounts as may be designated in writing by the Party entitled to such payment at least two Business Days prior to such payment date. 
 Section 2.10 Allocation. Within 30 days after the determination of the Final Working Capital, the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller a schedule (the “Allocation Schedule”) allocating the
Purchase Price (and any other items treated as consideration for the Transferred Assets, except the Quotas, for Tax purposes) among the Transferred Assets and the covenant of the Seller set forth in Section 5.12; provided,
however, that the portion of the Purchase Price related to the Quotas will be agreed by the Buyer and the Seller prior to the Closing and reflected in the Amendment to the Articles of Association executed on the Closing Date. The remaining
portion of the consideration will be allocated to the remainder of the Transferred Assets in accordance with this Section 2.10. The Allocation Schedule shall be reasonable and shall be prepared in accordance with Section 1060 of the
Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. Such allocation shall be deemed final unless the Seller has notified the Buyer of any disagreement with the Allocation Schedule within 20 Business Days after submission thereof by the Buyer. In the event
of such disagreement, the Parties hereto shall use reasonable efforts to reach agreement on a reasonable allocation of consideration among the Transferred Assets. In the event that the Parties hereto do not agree to a Purchase Price allocation in
accordance with this Section 2.10, the Independent Accounting Firm shall make a determination as to each disputed item which shall be binding upon the Parties. The Buyer and the Seller each agrees to file Internal Revenue Service Form
8594, and all federal, state, local and foreign Tax Returns, in accordance with the 

  

 16 

 
Allocation Schedule as finally determined by the Parties or the Independent Accounting Firm, as the case may be. The Buyer and Seller each agrees to provide
the other promptly with any other information required to complete Form 8594. 
 ARTICLE III 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 OF
THE SELLER 
 Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules attached to this Agreement (collectively, the “Disclosure
Schedules”), the Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, as follows: 
 Section 3.1 Organization and Qualification. 
 (a) The Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Georgia and has full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate the Transferred Assets and to carry on the Business as it is now being conducted. The Seller is duly qualified
or licensed as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the ownership or operation of the Transferred Assets or the conduct or operation of the Business makes such qualification or licensing
necessary, except, in each case, for any such failures that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Seller, as amended, that are filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission are true and complete in all material respects. 
 (b) EMS Brazil is an entity duly organized and
validly existing under the Laws of Brazil and has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. 
 Section 3.2 Authority. The Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Transaction Documents, to perform its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by the Seller of the Transaction Documents and the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate
action. This Agreement has been, and upon their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller will be a party will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Seller. This Agreement constitutes, and upon their execution each of
the Ancillary Agreements will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law). 
 Section 3.3 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. 
 (a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement do not and the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Ancillary Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby, will not: 
  

 17 

 (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Seller or similar
organizational documents of EMS Brazil; 
 (ii) conflict with or violate in any material respect any material Law applicable to the Seller
or EMS Brazil, the Business or any of the Transferred Assets or by which the Seller or EMS Brazil, the Business or any of the Transferred Assets may be bound or affected; or 
 (iii) except as set forth in Schedule 3.3(a), conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event that, with notice or
lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, require any approval, consent or authorization of any Person pursuant to, or give to others any rights of termination, acceleration or cancellation of, any Material Contract; 
 except, in the case of clause (iii), for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or other occurrences that would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b) Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil is required to file, seek or obtain any
notice, authorization, approval, order, permit or consent of or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller or EMS Brazil of each of the Transaction Documents to which the Seller or EMS
Brazil will be a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or in order to prevent the termination of any right, privilege, license or qualification of the Business, except for (i) any filings required to be made under
the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), (ii) any filings required to be made to the Brazilian Antitrust Authority which may be necessary or advisable to obtain consent for the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (iii) any notice, authorization, approval, order, permit or consent of any Governmental Authority required for the Buyer to manufacture, market, distribute, sell, service or repair the
Products (the “Product Authorizations”), (iv) where failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or action, or to make such filing or notification, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect or (v) as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances relating to the Buyer or any of its Affiliates (as opposed to any other third party). 
 Section 3.4 Transferred Assets. 
 (a)
Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, at the Closing the Seller will have assigned, transferred and conveyed to the Buyer good, valid and marketable title to all of the Transferred Assets, free and clear of all
Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances), subject to Section 2.5. 
 (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 of
the Disclosure Schedules, the transfer to the Buyer of the Transferred Assets pursuant to this Agreement, together with the Buyer’s rights under the Transaction Documents, comprise all the assets required to operate the Business in
substantially the same manner as such operations are being conducted on the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedules, the Seller and its 

  

 18 

 
Affiliates (other than EMS Brazil) do not provide any corporate support or other services to the Business. 
 Section 3.5 Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities. 
 (a) True and complete copies of the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Business (including EMS Brazil on a consolidated basis) as at September 30, 2006 (the “Balance Sheet”), and the
related unaudited consolidated statements of results of operations and cash flows of the Business (including EMS Brazil on a consolidated basis) for the nine-month period ending September 30, 2006, together with all related notes and schedules
thereto (collectively referred to as the “Financial Statements”) are attached as Schedule 3.5(a) of the Disclosure Schedules. The Financial Statements (i) have been prepared based on the books and records of the Seller
and EMS Brazil pertaining to the Business; (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated; and (iii) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position, results of operations and cash flows of the Business (including EMS Brazil on a consolidated basis) as at the respective dates thereof and for the respective periods indicated therein, except as otherwise noted therein and subject to
normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes, in each case, that will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material. 
 (b) True and complete copies of (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of EMS Brazil as of December 31, 2005 (the “EMS Brazil Balance Sheet”), and the related unaudited consolidated
statements of results of operations and cash flows of EMS Brazil for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of EMS Brazil as of
September 30, 2006 (the “EMS Brazil Unaudited Balance Sheet”), and the related unaudited consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2006, are attached as Schedule
3.5(b) of the Disclosure Schedules (collectively referred to as the “EMS Brazil Financial Statements”). The EMS Brazil Financial Statements (x) have been prepared based on the books and records of EMS Brazil; (y) have
been prepared on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated; and (z) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of EMS Brazil as at the respective dates thereof
and for the respective periods indicated therein, except as otherwise noted therein and subject to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes, in each case, that will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material.

 (c) Insofar as is Known to the Seller, there are no debts, liabilities, obligations, or commitments, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or
contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, of the Business of a nature required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, other than any such debts, liabilities, obligations and commitments
(i) reflected or reserved against on the Financial Statements and on the EMS Brazil Financial Statements, (ii) incurred since the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or
(iii) that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (d) There are no
debts, liabilities, obligations or commitments, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, of 

  

 19 

 
EMS Brazil, other than any such debts, liabilities, obligations and commitments (i) reflected or reserved against on the EMS Brazil Unaudited Balance
Sheet or (ii) incurred since the date of the EMS Brazil Unaudited Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. 
 Section 3.6 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Since the date of the Balance Sheet: (a) the Seller and EMS Brazil have conducted the Business, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice; (b) there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect; (c) there has been no physical damage, destruction or loss in respect of the Transferred Assets that would, after taking into account any
recoveries under the Seller or EMS Brazil’s insurance policies that would be payable to the Buyer in connection therewith, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (d) the Seller and EMS Brazil have not taken any
action that, if taken after the date of this Agreement, would constitute a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.1. 
 Section 3.7 Compliance with Law; Permits. 
 (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7, the Seller and EMS Brazil are
and have been in compliance with all Laws applicable to them in connection with the conduct or operation of the Business and the ownership or use of the Transferred Assets, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written communication during the past three years that alleges that the Business is not in compliance in any material respect with any Applicable Law.

 (b) The Seller or EMS Brazil is in possession of all permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, certificates, consents, waivers,
concessions, exemptions, orders, registrations, notices or other authorizations of any Governmental Authority necessary for it to own, lease and operate the Transferred Assets and to carry on the Business as currently conducted (the
“Permits”), except where the failure to have, or the suspension or cancellation of, any of the Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Seller or EMS Brazil
is in compliance with the Permits and no suspension or cancellation of any of the Permits is pending or, insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, threatened, except, in each case, where the failure to so comply, or the suspension or
cancellation of, any of the Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written notice of any Actions relating to the revocation or
modification of any such Permits and none of such Permits will be subject to suspension, modification, revocation or nonrenewal as a result of the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated thereby. 
 (c) EMS Brazil is in possession of all permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, certificates, consents, waivers,
concessions, exemptions, orders, registrations, notices or other authorizations of any Governmental Authority necessary for it to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted (the “EMS
Permits”), except where the failure to have, or the suspension or cancellations of, any of the EMS Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, EMS 

  

 20 

 
Brazil is in compliance with the EMS Permits and no suspension or cancellation of any of the EMS Permits is pending or, insofar as is Known to Seller or EMS
Brazil, threatened, except, in each case, where the failure to so comply, or the suspension or cancellation of, any of the EMS Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the
Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written notice of any Actions relating to the revocation or modification of any such EMS Permits and none of such EMS Permits will be subject to suspension, modification, revocation or nonrenewal as a result of
the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. 
 Section 3.8
Litigation. As of the date hereof, there is no Action by or against the Seller or EMS Brazil in connection with the Business pending, or insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, threatened in writing (a) pursuing any criminal
sanctions or penalties, (b) seeking equitable or injunctive relief, (c) that relates to or involves more than $50,000, or (d) that would otherwise, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect or would affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil is a party or subject to, in violation of, or in
default under any material Judgment applicable to the conduct of the Business or any Transferred Asset or Assumed Liability. As of the date hereof, there is not any Action by the Seller or EMS Brazil pending, or which the Seller or EMS Brazil
intends to initiate, against any other Person arising out of the conduct of the Business. Insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, there is no pending or threatened investigation of or affecting the conduct of the Business or any Transferred
Asset or Assumed Liability 
 Section 3.9 Employee Plans. Schedule 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth all material
Employee Plans. The Seller has made available to the Buyer a true and complete copy of the following documents: (a) each writing constituting an Employee Plan, (b) the current summary description of each Employee Plan and any material
modifications thereto, (c) the most recent determination letter from the IRS, if any, with respect to any Employee Plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and (d) the most recent annual report on IRS Form 5500, if any, filed
by the Seller for each Employee Plan. Seller represents and warrants that Annex 1 includes the name of each employee whose duties, as of the date of this Agreement, relate primarily to the operations of the Business. 
 Section 3.10 Labor and Employment Matters. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil is a party to any labor or collective bargaining contract that
pertains to any Business Employees. Insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, (a) there are no organizing activities or collective bargaining arrangements that could affect the Business pending or under discussion with any labor
organization or Business Employees and (b) there are no lockouts, strikes, slowdowns or work stoppages pending or threatened by or with respect to any Business Employees. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil is engaged in any unfair labor practice
in connection with the conduct of the Business. There are no pending, or, insofar as is Known to Seller or EMS Brazil, threatened, charges in connection with the conduct of the Business against the Seller, EMS Brazil or any current or former
employee of the Business before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any state or local agency responsible for the prevention of unlawful employment practices. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has not 

  

 21 

 
received any written notice during the past three years of the intent of any Governmental Authority responsible for the enforcement of labor or employment
laws to conduct an investigation of or affecting the Business and, insofar as is Known to Seller or EMS Brazil, no such investigation is in progress. 
 Section 3.11 Insurance. The Business and the Transferred Assets are covered by insurance coverage with reputable insurers in such amounts and covering such risks as are in accordance with normal industry
practice for similar businesses (taking into account the cost and availability of such insurance). No notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such policy as of the date hereof, the premium with respect to such
policies have been paid and all such insurance policies are in full force and effect and will remain in full force and effect up to and including the time of the Closing (other than those that have been retired or expired in the ordinary course).

 Section 3.12 Real Property. Schedule 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedules lists the street address of each parcel of Real
Property leased by the Seller or by EMS Brazil and used, held for use or intended to be used in the conduct of the Business (the “Leased Real Property”) and the identity of the lessor of each such parcel of Leased Real Property. The
Seller or EMS Brazil, as the case may be, has a valid leasehold estate in all Leased Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received written notice from any
Governmental Authority that any of the Leased Real Property is not in material compliance with all applicable Laws, except for such failures to comply, if any, which have been remedied. All leases in respect of the Leased Real Property are in full
force and effect, neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written notice of a breach or default thereunder, and insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a breach or default thereunder. Insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, there is no pending or written threat of condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Leased Real Property or any portion thereof. The Seller has made
available to the Buyer true and complete copies of the leases in effect at the date hereof relating to the Leased Real Property. There has not been any sublease or assignment entered into by the Seller or by EMS Brazil in respect of the leases
relating to the Leased Real Property. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil own any Real Property used, held for use or intended to be used primarily in the conduct of the Business. EMS Brazil does not own any United States real property interest as
defined in Section 897 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 Section 3.13 Intellectual Property. 

(a) Schedule 3.13(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered Marks and applications for
registration of Marks owned by the Seller or by EMS Brazil and included in the Business Intellectual Property (collectively, the “Owned Business Registered Marks”), Schedule 3.13(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth
an accurate and complete list of all Patents owned by the Seller or by EMS Brazil and included in the Business Intellectual Property (collectively, the “Owned Business Patents”) and Schedule 3.13(a)(iii) of the Disclosure
Schedules sets forth an accurate and complete list of all registered Copyrights and all pending applications for registration of Copyrights owned by the Seller or EMS Brazil and included in the Business Intellectual Property (collectively, the

  

 22 

 
“Owned Business Registered Copyrights” and, together with the Owned Business Patents and Owned Business Registered Marks, the “Owned
Business Registered IP”). Schedule 3.13(a)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedules sets forth all Software owned by or licensed to and used by the Seller or EMS Brazil which is material to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted.

 (b) Schedules 3.13(a)(i)–3.13(a)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedules set forth a list of all jurisdictions in which each item of
listed Owned Business Registered IP is registered or registrations have been applied for and all registration and application numbers thereof. Except as set forth in Schedules 3.13(a)(i)-3.13(a)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedules, no Owned
Business Registered IP has been or is now involved in any interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition or cancellation proceeding, and insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, no such action is or has been threatened with respect to any
of the Owned Business Registered IP. Insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, the Owned Business Registered IP is valid and subsisting, and no written claim challenging the validity or enforceability of any of the Owned Business Registered
IP has been received by the Seller or EMS Brazil. All filing, examination, issuance, post registration and maintenance fees, annuities and the like associated with or required with respect to any of the Owned Business Registered IP have been paid.

 (c) Schedule 3.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate and complete list of all material licenses, sublicenses,
options or other Contracts relating in whole or in part to the Business Intellectual Property (including any license or other Contract under which the Seller is licensee or licensor of any Business Intellectual Property). The Seller or EMS Brazil is
either the sole and exclusive owner of, or has the right to use, execute, reproduce, display, perform, modify, enhance, distribute, prepare derivative works of and sublicense, without payment to any other Person, to the extent the Seller or EMS
Brazil has and exercises such rights in the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, all the Business Intellectual Property. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written communication from any Person asserting any ownership
interest in any Business Intellectual Property owned by the Seller or EMS Brazil. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not result in any material loss or impairment of, or payment of any material
additional amounts with respect to, the Buyer’s right to own, use or hold for use any of the Business Intellectual Property. 
 (d) The
Business Intellectual Property constitutes all of the Intellectual Property used, held for use or intended to be used by the Seller or EMS Brazil in the Business other than: (i) Intellectual Property assets that, individually or in the
aggregate, are not material to the Business, (ii) Intellectual Property identified in Schedule 3.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedules, (iii) Intellectual Property that is used to provide the services provided under the Ancillary
Agreements, (iv) Excluded Assets, (v) goodwill and (vi) Copyrights (other than Copyrights in Software) that are not registered copyrighted materials and that are not used primarily in the Business. 
 (e) The Seller and EMS Brazil have taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of all material Trade Secrets of the Business. Each employee,
consultant and contractor who participated in the creation of any Business Intellectual Property owned by the Seller or EMS Brazil is under binding legal obligations owed to the Seller or EMS Brazil, restricting such person’s right to disclose
proprietary information of the Seller or EMS Brazil, 

  

 23 

 
EMS Brazil and their Affiliates. Each employee, consultant and contractor is under binding legal obligations owed to the Seller or EMS Brazil to assign to
the Seller or EMS Brazil any tangible or intangible property interest in any such Business Intellectual Property created by such Person. 
 (f) All tangible materials embodying Business Intellectual Property are either owned by the Seller or EMS Brazil or have been licensed to the Seller or EMS Brazil by the third party from which the Seller or EMS Brazil obtained such
materials. None of the Business Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding order, judgment, or stipulation restricting the use thereof by the Seller or EMS Brazil. There is no Action pending or, insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS
Brazil, threatened with respect to the Business Intellectual Property. 
 (g) Insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, none of the
products or services distributed, sold or offered by the Business, nor any technology, Software or materials used in the conduct of the Business, in any material respect, infringes upon, misappropriates or violates any Intellectual Property of any
third party or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the Laws of any jurisdiction, and neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written notice asserting or suggesting that any such infringement, misappropriation,
violation, or unfair competition or trade practices has occurred. Insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, no third party is misappropriating or infringing any material Business Intellectual Property in a manner that would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Seller or EMS Brazil has the sole and exclusive right to bring actions for infringement, misappropriation or violation of the Business Intellectual Property owned by the Seller or EMS Brazil.

 Section 3.14 Taxes. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedules: 
 (a) The Seller has filed all material Tax Returns required to have been filed by it (giving regard to permitted extensions of time to file) that relate
to the Business or the Transferred Assets. EMS Brazil has filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it. All such Tax Returns filed by EMS Brazil are complete and accurate and disclose all Taxes paid by EMS Brazil, and have been examined by the
appropriate taxing authority, or the period for assessment of Taxes in respect of which each such Tax Return was required to be filed (taking into account all applicable extensions and waivers) has expired. 
 (b) All Taxes due and owing by the Seller that relate to the Business or the Transferred Assets have been timely paid, and all Taxes owed by EMS Brazil
have been timely paid. 
 (c) With respect to any period for which material Tax returns have not yet been filed or for which material Taxes
are not yet due or payable, such Taxes have been adequately provided for on the Balance Sheet, on the books and records of the Seller, on the EMS Brazil Unaudited Balance Sheet, or on the books and records of EMS Brazil, as applicable. 

(d) No extension or waiver of any statute of limitations for the assessment or collection of any Taxes has been granted by any taxing authority in
respect of Taxes that relate to the Business or the Transferred Assets (including EMS Brazil) and which extension or waiver is still in effect with respect to the Seller or EMS Brazil. 
  

 24 

 (e) No federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax audits or administrative or judicial Tax proceedings have
been conducted within the last three years in connection with the Business or the Transferred Assets and the Seller has no notice of the pendency of any such audit, examination or proceedings. 
 (f) No audits or administrative or judicial Tax proceedings have been conducted within the last three years in connection with the Taxes of EMS Brazil,
and EMS Brazil has no notice of the pendency of any such audit, examination or proceeding. 
 (g) There is no action, suit, investigation,
audit, claim or assessment pending or proposed or threatened with respect to the Taxes of EMS Brazil. 
 (h) All monies required to be
withheld by the Seller or EMS Brazil or by EMS Brazil (including from Business Employees for income Taxes and social security and other payroll Taxes) have been collected or withheld, and either paid to the relevant taxing authorities, set aside in
accounts for such purpose, or accrued, reserved against and entered upon the books of the Business or EMS Brazil, as applicable. 
 (i) EMS
Brazil (i) is not a party to any tax sharing, allocation, indemnity or similar agreement or arrangement (whether or not written) pursuant to which it will have any obligation to make any payments from and after the Closing Date, and
(ii) is not subject to any rulings, request for rulings, closing agreements or similar arrangement which could affect liability for Taxes from and after the Closing Date. 
 (j) EMS Brazil has never been a member of any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary group of corporations for Tax purposes. 
 (k) Since December 31, 2005, (i) there has not been any material change by EMS Brazil in accounting or Tax reporting principles, methods or
policies, and (ii) EMS Brazil has not made or rescinded any material election with respect to Taxes or settled or compromised any material claim with respect to Taxes. 
 (l) Except as set forth in Section 2.5(b), no transaction contemplated by this Agreement is subject to withholding under any applicable Tax
law. 
 (m) The Seller will not realize any capital gain as a result of receiving the portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the Quotas.

  

 25 

 Section 3.15 Environmental Matters. 
 (a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Seller and EMS Brazil
are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and have obtained and are in compliance with all Environmental Permits in connection with the conduct or operation of the Business and the ownership or use of the Transferred Assets, as
applicable, and (ii) there are no written claims pursuant to any Environmental Law pending or, insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, threatened, against the Seller or against EMS Brazil in connection with the conduct or operation of
the Business or the ownership or use of the Transferred Assets, as applicable, and (iii) there has been no Release of Hazardous Material by the Seller or by EMS Brazil or, insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, by any other Person,
on, at or from any of the Leased Property, which, in each case, could reasonably be expected to result in material obligations, liabilities or costs under Environmental Laws. 
 (b) Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written notice that it is, or may be, a liable party in connection with any property where any
Hazardous Material generated by or as a result of the operations of the Transferred Assets has been sent for treatment or disposal. 
 (c)
The representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.15 are the only representations and warranties being made with respect to compliance with or liability under Environmental Laws or with respect to any environmental, health
or safety matter, including natural resources, related to the Business, the Transferred Assets or the Seller or EMS Brazil’s ownership or operation thereof. 
 Section 3.16 Material Contracts. 
 (a) Schedule 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedules lists each of
the following written Contracts and each of the following contracts and agreements, oral or written, to which EMS Brazil is a party or by which EMS Brazil is bound (“EMS Brazil Contracts”) (such Contracts and EMS Brazil Contracts as
described in this Section 3.16(a) being “Material Contracts”): 
 (i) all Contracts that provide for payment or
receipt by the Seller or EMS Brazil in connection with the Business of more than $100,000 per year, including any such Contracts with customers or clients; 
 (ii) all Contracts relating to indebtedness for borrowed money; 
 (iii) all Contracts that limit or purport
to limit the ability of the Business to compete in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time; 
 (iv) all employment Contracts; 
  

 26 

 (v) all Contracts with (A) any shareholder or Affiliate of the Seller or EMS Brazil or (B) any
current or former officer, director or employee of the Seller or EMS Brazil or any of their Affiliates (other than employment Contracts covered by clause (iv) above); 
 (vi) all Contracts with any Person under which (A) the Seller or EMS Brazil is lessee of, or holds or uses, any machinery, equipment, vehicle or
other tangible personal property owned by any Person or (B) the Seller or EMS Brazil is a lessor or sublessor of, or makes available for use by any Person, any tangible personal property owned or leased by the Seller or EMS Brazil, in any such
case which has an aggregate future liability or receivable, as the case may be, in excess of $50,000 per year and is not terminable by the Seller or EMS Brazil by notice of not more than 60 days without payment or penalty; 
 (vii) (A) all continuing Contracts for the future purchase of materials, supplies or equipment, including Contracts with minimum purchase requirements
(and other than purchase orders for inventory in the ordinary course of the Business consistent with past practice), (B) all management, service, consulting or other similar Contracts and (C) all advertising agreements or arrangements, in
any such case that has an aggregate future liability to any Person in excess of $50,000 per year and is not terminable by the Seller or EMS Brazil by notice of not more than 60 days without payment or penalty; 
 (viii) all Contracts (including any so-called take-or-pay or keepwell agreements) under which (A) any Person has directly or indirectly guaranteed
indebtedness, liabilities, obligations or commitments of the Seller or EMS Brazil or (B) the Seller or EMS Brazil has directly or indirectly guaranteed indebtedness, or other liabilities, obligations or commitments of any other Person (in each
case other than endorsements for the purpose of collection in the ordinary course of the Business); 
 (ix) all Contracts under which the
Seller or EMS Brazil has, directly or indirectly, made any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or other investment in, any Person (other than the Seller and other than extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of
the Business); 
 (x) all Contracts for the sale of any Transferred Asset (other than Inventory sales in the ordinary course of the
Business) or the grant of any preferential rights to purchase any Transferred Asset; 
 (xi) all Contracts providing for the services of any
dealer, distributor, sales representative, franchisee or similar representative involving the payment or receipt over the life of such Contract in excess of $100,000 per year by the Seller or EMS Brazil; 
 (xii) all joint venture, partnership or similar Contracts; 
 (xiii) all leases, subleases, if any, or similar contracts with any Person under which the Seller or EMS Brazil is a lessor or sublessor of, or makes available for use to any Person, (A) any Leased Real Property
or (B) any portion of any premises otherwise occupied by the Seller; 
  

 27 

 (xiv) all Contracts granting a Lien upon any Real Property or any other Transferred Asset; 

(xv) all powers of attorney (other than a power of attorney given in the ordinary course of the Business and consistent with past practice with
respect to routine Tax matters); 
 (xvi) all Contracts with, or licenses or permits by or from, any Governmental Authority; and 

(xvii) any other Contract that is material to the Business, taken as a whole. 
 (b) Each Material Contract (i) is valid and binding on the Seller or EMS Brazil and, insofar as is Known to the Seller or EMS Brazil, the
counterparties thereto, and is in full force and effect, and (ii) upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except to the extent that any consents set forth in Schedule 3.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedules are
not obtained, shall continue in full force and effect without penalty or other adverse consequence. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil is in breach of, or default under, any Material Contract to which it is a party, except for such breaches or
defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written notice of the intention of any party to terminate any of the Material
Contracts. 
 (c) As of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of unfulfilled purchase commitments under all blanket purchase orders of the
Business that cannot be cancelled without liability will not exceed $4,000,000. 
 Section 3.17 Receivables. Schedule 3.17 of
the Disclosure Schedules sets forth an accurate and complete breakdown and aging of all Receivables, and all accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables due to EMS Brazil (“EMS Brazil Receivables”), as of the date of
this Agreement. All Receivables and EMS Brazil Receivables listed or required to be listed in such Schedule 3.17 represent valid obligations of customers of the Seller or EMS Brazil arising from bona fide transactions entered into in the
ordinary course of business. 
 Section 3.18 Customers and Suppliers; Product Retrievals. Schedule 3.18 of the Disclosure
Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of the names of the ten largest customers (in terms of sales by the Business) to whom the Business has sold products during the year ended December 31, 2005 and the ten largest suppliers or service
providers (in terms of products or services purchased by the Business) from whom the Business has purchased supplies or services during the year ended December 31, 2005. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedules,
(a) neither the Seller nor EMS Brazil has received any written statement from any customer or supplier whose name appears (or is required to appear) on such list that such customer or supplier will not continue as a customer or supplier of the
Business after the Closing, (b) insofar as is Known to the Seller (with no obligation of the Seller or EMS Brazil to make any inquiry of any customer or supplier), no customer or supplier whose name appears (or is required to appear) on such
list intends in the six months after October 1, 2006 to reduce the 

  

 28 

 
volume of business transactions by such Person with the Business by more than 20% as compared to the volume of Business transactions by such Person with the
Business, as applicable, in the six month period preceding October 1, 2006, and (c) there have been no product retrievals, product recalls or market withdrawals (in each case, whether voluntary, required by Law or otherwise) of products
designed, manufactured, marketed, distributed or sold by the Business as a result of possible design defects, manufacturing defects or otherwise, including failure to satisfy product specifications, with respect to such products, and to the actual
knowledge of the persons listed under “Seller” in Schedule 1.1(a), there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in such actions. 
 Section 3.19 Inventory. All Inventory of the Business, whether reflected in the Financial Statements or otherwise, is of good and merchantable
quality, is usable in the ordinary course of the Business and is free from defects in materials, workmanship and design, except for obsolete or surplus materials and materials of below standard quality which have been written down in the Financial
Statements to realizable market value or for which adequate reserves have been provided therein; provided, however, that the Seller makes no representation or warranty with respect to the marketability or salability of such Inventory.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, a defect in design means a failure to meet any key specification required for such Inventory to be used for its intended purpose. Neither the Business nor the Seller in connection with the Business nor EMS
Brazil is under any material liability or obligation with respect to the return of Inventory or merchandise in the possession of wholesalers, retailers or other customers, other than such liabilities or obligations that are incurred in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practice. 
 Section 3.20 Tangible Personal Property. Schedule 3.20 of the
Disclosure Schedules sets forth a true and complete list of each item of Tangible Personal Property with a cost in excess of $10,000, indicating, in each case, a brief description, the cost thereof and the year acquired. Each item of Tangible
Personal Property listed (or required to be listed) on Schedule 3.20 is in good working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted), is free from any material defect and has been maintained in all material respects in accordance with the past
practice of the Business and generally accepted industry practice, and no repairs, replacements or regularly scheduled maintenance relating to any such item have been deferred. All leased Tangible Personal Property of the Business is in all material
respects in the condition required of such property by the terms of the lease applicable thereto. 
 Section 3.21 Brokers. No broker,
finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Seller or EMS Brazil. 
 Section 3.22 EMS Brazil. 
 (a) The
issued and outstanding equity securities of EMS Brazil consist of the Quotas, which represent all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of EMS Brazil. As of the date hereof, the Quotas are the only equity securities of EMS Brazil issued
and outstanding and no other equity securities of EMS Brazil are held by the Seller. All of the Quotas were duly authorized for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. There are no existing options, warrants, calls, rights,
commitments or other agreements of any character to 

  

 29 

 
which EMS Brazil is a party requiring, and there are no securities of EMS Brazil outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance,
sale or transfer of any additional quotas or other equity securities of EMS Brazil or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase quotas or other equity securities of EMS Brazil. Neither
EMS Brazil nor Seller is a party to any voting trust or other voting agreement with respect to any of the Quotas or to any agreement relating to the issuance, sale, redemption, transfer or other disposition of the equity securities of EMS Brazil.

 (b) EMS Brazil does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest
or other equity interest in any Person. 
 (c) The Seller and LXE are the record and beneficial owners of the Quotas, free and clear of all
Encumbrances. Each of the Seller and LXE has the authority and capacity to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Quotas each owns as provided in this Agreement, and such delivery will convey to the Buyer good and marketable title to such Quotas,
free and clear of any and all Encumbrances, charges, demands or adverse claims or other restrictions on the exercise of any of the attributes of ownership. 
 Section 3.23 WARN Act. No notice is required by the Seller under the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act of 1988 (the “WARN Act”), or any similar state or non-U.S. statute,
otherwise to comply with any such statute with respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) or group termination or similar event affecting Business Employees and occurring on or prior to the
Closing Date (assuming the Buyer complies with its obligations under Section 5.6). 
 ARTICLE IV 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER 
 The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Seller, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, as follows: 
 Section 4.1 Organization and Qualification. The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate
its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. The Buyer is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned,
leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except, in each case, for any such failures that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material
Adverse Effect. 
 Section 4.2 Authority. The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each of the
Transaction Documents to which it will be a party, to perform its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by the Buyer of each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be a
party and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and 

  

 30 

 
validly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement has been, and upon their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer
will be a party will have been, duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer. This Agreement constitutes, and upon their execution each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer will be a party will constitute, the legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting
creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). 
 Section 4.3 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. 
 (a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this
Agreement do not and the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer will be a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not: 
 (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Buyer; 
 (ii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to the Buyer or by which any property or asset of the Buyer is bound or affected; or 
 (iii) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default)
under, require any consent, approval or authorization of any Person pursuant to, or give to others any rights of termination, acceleration or cancellation of, any material contract or agreement to which the Buyer is a party; 
 except, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or other occurrences that would not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b) The Buyer is not required to file, seek or obtain any
notice, authorization, approval, order, permit or consent of or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be party or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or in order to prevent the termination of any right, privilege, license or qualification of the Buyer, except for (i) any filings required to be made to the Brazilian Antitrust Authority
which may be necessary or advisable to obtain consent for the transaction contemplated in the Transaction Documents, (ii) any Product Authorizations, (iii) where failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or action, or to make
such filing or notification, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or (iv) as may be necessary solely as a result of any facts or circumstances relating to the Seller or any
of its Affiliates. 
 Section 4.4 Financing. The Buyer has funds available, which taken together with available borrowing capacity
under its existing revolving credit agreements, are sufficient to permit the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the 

  

 31 

 
Ancillary Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parties acknowledge and agree that it shall not be a condition to the
obligations of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby that the Buyer have sufficient funds for payment of the Purchase Price. 
 Section 4.5 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf
of the Buyer. 
 Section 4.6 Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding or governmental investigation pending or, insofar
as is Known to the Buyer, threatened against the Buyer, by or before any Governmental Authority or by any third party which challenges the validity of this Agreement or which would be reasonably likely to adversely affect or restrict the
Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE V 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 5.1 Conduct of
Business Prior to the Closing. The Seller agrees that, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or Exhibit I, or as consented to by the Buyer (which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Seller shall, and shall cause EMS Brazil to: 
 (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to
conduct the Business substantially in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice; 
 (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to
maintain and preserve the Business and the Transferred Assets in all material respects; 
 (c) not sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of any
material assets of the Business, except Inventory and EMS Brazil Inventory in the ordinary course of the Business and consistent with past practice; 
 (d) not take any actions that would, or that would reasonably be expected to, cause any of the conditions set forth in Article VII not to be satisfied; 
 (e) not incur or permit the incurrence of any material Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on any of the Transferred Assets or any assets of
EMS Brazil; 
 (f) not grant to any Business Employee any increase in compensation or benefits, except in the ordinary course of the Business
and consistent with past practice or as may be required under Contracts as in effect on the date hereof; 
 (g) not cancel any material
indebtedness (individually or in the aggregate) or waive any claims or rights of substantial value to the Business; 
 (h) not make any
change in any method of accounting or accounting practice or policy applicable to the Business other than those required by GAAP; 
  

 32 

 (i) not acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets
of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof or otherwise acquire any assets (other than Inventory in the ordinary course of the Business and consistent with
past practice) that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Business; 
 (j) not make or incur any capital expenditure with
respect to the Business that, individually, is in excess of $75,000 or make or incur any such expenditures which, in the aggregate, are in excess of $150,000; 
 (k) not enter into any lease of real property or Contract that would be a Material Contract with respect to the Business, except any renewals of existing leases in the ordinary course of the Business and consistent
with past practice; 
 (l) not modify, amend, terminate or permit the lapse of any lease of, or reciprocal easement agreement, operating
agreement or other material Contract relating to leased Real Property of the Business, or any other Material Contract (except modifications or amendments associated with renewals of existing leases and other Material Contracts in the ordinary course
of the Business and consistent with past practice with respect to which the Buyer shall have the right to participate); 
 (m) not prepare or
file any Tax Return with respect to the Business inconsistent with past practice or, on any such Tax Return, take a position, make any election, or adopt any method that is inconsistent with positions taken, elections made or methods used in
preparing or filing similar Tax Returns in prior periods; 
 (n) not take any action prior to the Closing other than in the ordinary course
of the Business that could give rise to any Tax liability or reduce any Tax asset of the Buyer or give rise to any loss of the Buyer or its Affiliates under this Agreement; 
 (o) in the case of EMS Brazil, not declare or pay any dividend, or make any distribution to its quotaholders; provided, however, that the
Seller may withdraw any cash balances of EMS Brazil prior to 11:59 p.m. Atlanta, Georgia time on the day immediately prior to the Closing Date; and 
 (p) not authorize, or commit or agree to take, any of the actions referred to in clauses (c) through (o) above. 
 Section
5.2 Covenants Regarding Information. 
 (a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date, upon reasonable notice, the Seller shall, and
shall cause EMS Brazil to, afford the Buyer and its officers, employees, agents, accountants, advisors, bankers and other representatives (collectively, “Representatives”) reasonable access to the properties, offices, plants and
other facilities, books and records of the Seller and EMS Brazil relating primarily to the Business, and shall furnish the Buyer with such financial, operating and other data and information to the extent relating primarily to the Business as the
Buyer may reasonably request; provided, however, that any such access or furnishing of information shall be conducted at the Buyer’s expense, during normal business 

  

 33 

 
hours, under the supervision of the Seller’s personnel and in such a manner as not unreasonably to interfere with the normal operations of the Seller,
EMS Brazil and the Business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Seller shall not be required to disclose any information to the Buyer or its Representatives if such disclosure would, in the Seller’s reasonable
discretion after consultation with counsel, (i) jeopardize any attorney-client or other legal privilege, (ii) contravene any applicable Laws, fiduciary duty or binding agreement entered into prior to the date hereof or (iii) relate to
any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return filed by the Seller or any Affiliate thereof or any of their respective predecessor entities; provided, however, that the Seller shall disclose to the Buyer the general nature of any
such information that is excluded from disclosure and the reason therefor. 
 (b) In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made
against or incurred by the Seller (as it relates to the Business), for a period of seven years after the Closing or, if shorter, the applicable period specified in the Buyer’s document retention policy, the Buyer shall (i) retain the books
and records relating to the Business relating to periods prior to the Closing and (ii) afford the Representatives of the Seller reasonable access (including the right to make, at the Seller’s expense, photocopies), during normal business
hours, to such books and records; provided, however, that the Buyer shall notify the Seller in writing at least 30 days in advance of destroying any such books and records prior to the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date in order
to provide the Seller the opportunity to copy such books and records in accordance with this Section 5.2(b). 
 (c) In order to
facilitate the resolution of any claims made against or incurred by the Buyer or EMS Brazil, for a period of seven years after the Closing or, if shorter, the applicable period specified in the Seller’s document retention policy, the Seller
shall (i) retain the books and records relating to the Business relating to periods prior to the Closing which shall not otherwise have been delivered to the Buyer and (ii) upon reasonable notice, afford the Representatives of the Buyer
reasonable access (including the right to make, at the Buyer’s expense, photocopies), during normal business hours, to such books and records to the extent relating primarily to the Business; provided, however, that the Seller
shall notify the Buyer in writing at least 30 days in advance of destroying any such books and records prior to the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date in order to provide the Buyer the opportunity to copy such books and records in accordance
with this Section 5.2(c). 
 Section 5.3 Update of Disclosure Schedules; Knowledge of Breach. The Seller shall promptly
(within 10 Business Days) supplement or amend the Disclosure Schedules with respect to any matter hereafter arising or discovered which if existing or Known to the Seller at the date of this Agreement would have been required to be set forth or
described in such Disclosure Schedules and also with respect to events or conditions arising after the date hereof and prior to Closing; provided, however, that any such supplemental or amended Disclosure Schedules shall have no effect
for the purposes of determining the satisfaction of the conditions in Article VII or for the purposes of determining whether any person is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Article VIII; provided, further, notwithstanding
the foregoing clause, with respect to matters hereafter arising, such supplemental or amended Disclosure Schedules shall be taken into account for purposes of determining whether any person is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Article
VIII if (a) the Closing occurs even though, as a result of the matters set forth in such supplemental or amended Disclosure Schedules, the Buyer was not required to consummate the 

  

 34 

 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement because the conditions in Article VII were not satisfied (provided that the Seller acknowledges in writing
to the Buyer prior to the Closing Date that the Buyer was not required to consummate such transactions because such conditions were not satisfied), or (b) the matter giving rise to any such supplement or amended Disclosure Schedule was related
to an action that the Seller was not prohibited from taking under Section 5.1 of this Agreement. 
 Section 5.4 Notification
of Certain Matters. Until the Closing, each Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of any fact, change, condition, circumstance or occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event Known to such Party that will or is reasonably likely to
result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VII of this Agreement becoming incapable of being satisfied. 
 Section 5.5
Intercompany Arrangements. All intercompany and intracompany accounts or contracts between the Business, on the one hand, and the Seller or EMS Brazil and its Affiliates, on the other hand, shall be cancelled without any consideration or
further liability to any Party and without the need for any further documentation, immediately prior to the Closing. 
 Section 5.6
Employee Benefits. 
 (a) Continuity of Employment for all Business Employees. Effective as of the Closing Date, the Buyer
shall offer employment to each Business Employee (or shall maintain the employment relationship between EMS Brazil and each Business Employee of EMS Brazil), in the same geographic location, and (other than those Business Employees set forth on
Exhibit J) with base pay initially at least equal to his or her base rate of pay as in effect with respect to such employee immediately prior to the Closing Date. Business Employees who timely accept such offers of employment from the Buyer
(in a manner reasonably specified by the Buyer) are referred to herein as “Transferred Employees.” Such employment by the Buyer shall commence effective as of the Closing Date, and shall be deemed for all purposes to have occurred
with no interruption or break in service. 
 (b) Service Credit. The Transferred Employees shall receive credit for all periods of
employment and/or service with the Seller and its Affiliates (including service with predecessor employers, where such credit was provided by the Seller or its Affiliates) prior to the Closing Date for purposes of eligibility, vesting and benefit
accrual under the Buyer’s relevant plans and policies. 
 (c) Employee Benefits — General. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 5.6(e), the Buyer shall provide the Transferred Employees with employee benefits that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to those provided to such individuals immediately prior to the Closing Date, subject only to a
curtailment that the Buyer imposes on all of its employees (i.e., including the Business Employees) on a proportionate and across-the-board basis. The Seller shall bear the expense of and responsibility for all liabilities arising from claims
by the Transferred Employees for benefits attributable to periods through the Closing Date under the Employee Plans maintained by the Seller, and the Buyer shall bear the expense of and responsibility for all liabilities arising from claims by the
Transferred Employees for benefits 

  

 35 

 
attributable to periods after the Closing under the benefit plans maintained by the Buyer, including any claims under such plans relating to severance from
employment on or after the Closing (including any such severance that relates to or results from any failure of the Buyer to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.6). Except as may be specifically required by this Agreement or by
applicable Law, the Buyer shall not be obligated to continue to provide any particular employee benefits to any Transferred Employee. 
 (d)
Defined Contribution Plans. The Buyer agrees to have in effect as of the Closing a defined contribution plan or plans with a salary reduction arrangement that covers Transferred Employees, the terms of which meet the requirements of Sections
401(a) and 401(k) of the Code (such plan or plans, the “Buyer Savings Plan”). Each Transferred Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements of the Buyer Savings Plan as of the Closing Date shall be eligible to contribute to
the Buyer Savings Plan commencing on the day after the Closing Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter. The Transferred Employees shall be permitted to roll over their account balances (excluding loan balances) from the Seller’s Retirement
Program accrued through the Closing Date into their new accounts under the Buyer Savings Plan as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the Closing Date or in contravention of ERISA or the
Code. 
 (e) Welfare Benefit Plans. 
 (i) Effective as of the Closing, the Seller shall offer medical, dental, vision and health care flexible spending account continuation coverage under Sections 601 et seq. of ERISA (“COBRA Coverage”)
and any state continuation coverage requirements to each Transferred Employee and each of his or her eligible beneficiaries for whom a “qualifying event” under COBRA occurs as of such Closing. For the period beginning as of the Closing and
ending on December 31, 2006 (provided that if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006, such period shall end 60 days after the Closing), the monthly cost of such COBRA Coverage to each Transferred Employee and each of his or her
eligible beneficiaries who timely elects coverage shall equal the employee-paid portion of the monthly cost of such coverage for the Transferred Employee and any such beneficiaries immediately prior to the Closing. The Buyer shall assume and
promptly reimburse the Seller for the balance of the cost of such COBRA Coverage during such period (net of any insurance proceeds or reimbursements received by the Seller with respect to such coverage). Effective as of January 1, 2007 (or 61
days after the Closing if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006), the Buyer shall offer each Transferred Employee and each of his or her eligible dependents participation in the medical, dental, vision and health care flexible spending
account plans of the Buyer. Effective for the period beginning as of the Closing and ending on December 31, 2006 (or 60 days after the Closing if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006), the Seller shall continue the life, long-term
disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance coverage currently provided by Reliant Standard and the short-term disability coverage provided by the Seller with respect to each of the Transferred Employees and each of his or her
eligible beneficiaries. For such period, the monthly cost of such coverage to each Transferred Employee and each of his or her eligible beneficiaries shall equal the employee-paid portion (if any) of the monthly cost of such coverage for the
Transferred Employee and any such beneficiaries immediately prior to the Closing. The Buyer shall assume and promptly reimburse the Seller for the balance of the cost of such coverage during such period (net of any insurance proceeds or
reimbursements received by the Seller with respect to 

  

 36 

 
such coverage). Effective as of January 1, 2007 (or 61 days after the Closing if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006), the Buyer shall offer
each of the Transferred Employees and each of his or her eligible dependents participation in the life, long-term disability, short-term disability insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans of the Buyer. With respect to all
other welfare benefit plans, including short-term disability and severance benefits (all of such welfare plans, including the Buyer’s medical, dental, vision, health care flexible spending account, life insurance, long-term disability insurance
and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans described above in this paragraph, the “Buyer Welfare Benefit Plans”), the Buyer shall offer such other welfare benefit plans to the Transferred Employees as soon as practicable
after the Closing Date, but in no event more than 30 days after the Closing Date. 
 (ii) Effective as of January 1, 2007 (or 61 days
after the Closing if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006), the Buyer shall assume all responsibilities and obligations for COBRA Coverage and any state continuation coverage requirements with respect to the Transferred Employees and
their beneficiaries for whom a “qualifying event” under COBRA occurs after December 31, 2006 (or 60 days after the Closing if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006). The Seller agrees that it shall retain
responsibility for COBRA Obligations to all Business Employees and their qualified beneficiaries (i) who do not become Transferred Employees or (ii) for whom a “qualifying event” under COBRA occurs prior to January 1, 2007
(or 61 days after the Closing if the Closing occurs after November 30, 2006. 
 (f) Vacation Benefits. From and after the Closing
Date, the Buyer shall recognize, and permit the Transferred Employees to use, all of the Transferred Employees’ accrued and unused vacation days to the extent reflected as a liability on the Working Capital Schedule (the Seller shall provide
such information to the Buyer in connection with the Closing). The Buyer shall recognize service by each Transferred Employee with the Seller and its Affiliates for purposes of determining entitlement to vacation under the applicable vacation policy
of the Buyer. 
 (g) Employee Information. The Seller shall deliver to the Buyer, within 20 days after the date hereof and again on
the Closing Date, a list of each Business Employee, such Employee’s base salary and bonus opportunities, the Employee’s date of hire, the Employee Plans in which such Employee is eligible to participate, and the primary geographic location
of his or her employment with the Seller, as of the date hereof, broken down into the following categories: (i) active, (ii) inactive on leave of absence with reemployment rights and (iii) on short-term disability under the
Seller’s short-term disability policy. 
 (h) WARN Act. The Buyer agrees to provide any required notice under the WARN Act and
any similar state or non-U.S. statute, and otherwise to comply with any such statute with respect to any “plant closing” or “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) or group termination or similar event affecting Business
Employees and occurring after the Closing Date. The Seller agrees to provide any required notice under the WARN Act, and any similar state or non-U.S. statute, and otherwise to comply with any such statute with respect to any “plant
closing” or “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) or group termination or similar event affecting Business Employees and occurring on or prior to the Closing Date. 
  

 37 

 (i) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing herein express or implied by this Agreement shall
confer upon any Business Employee, or legal representative thereof, any rights or remedies, including any right to employment or benefits for any specified period, of any nature or kind whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement. 

Section 5.7 Confidentiality. Each of the Buyer and the Seller shall hold, and shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives to hold, in
confidence all documents and information furnished to it by or on behalf of the other in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to the terms of the confidentiality agreement dated August 29, 2006 between the Buyer and the
Seller (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), which shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing Date, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement and the obligations of the Parties under this Section 5.7 shall
terminate. If for any reason this Agreement is terminated prior to the Closing Date, the Confidentiality Agreement shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. 
 Section 5.8 Consents; Further Assurances. 
 (a) During the period prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, and the Buyer shall cooperate with the Seller or EMS Brazil, in attempting to secure any consents, waivers and approvals of any
third party (other than any Governmental Body) required to be obtained to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Required Consents”); provided, however, that notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such efforts by the Seller shall not include any requirement of the Seller or any of its Affiliates to pay money to any third party, commence or participate in any litigation, offer or grant any
accommodation or undertake any obligation or liability (in each case financial or otherwise) to any third party (including payments to any Governmental Body in excess of normal filing fees), unless, in the case of any cost or expense incurred by the
Seller or any of its Affiliates, the Buyer agrees to reimburse the Seller or such Affiliate for such cost or expense; provided, further, that prior to the Closing neither the Buyer nor its officers, employees or authorized
representatives may contact any customer, supplier, lessor or other third party (other than any Governmental Body) in connection with any Required Consents without the Seller’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld). Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 5.8(a), the Seller shall not have any liability whatsoever to the Buyer arising solely out of or relating solely to the failure to obtain any Required Consents. No
representation, warranty or covenant of the Seller contained herein shall be breached or deemed breached, and no condition shall be deemed not satisfied other than Sections 7.3(c) or 7.3(e), based solely on (i) the failure to obtain
any such Required Consents, or (ii) any lawsuit, action, claim, proceeding or investigation commenced or threatened by or on behalf of any Person arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any such Required Consents. 
 (b) If any Required Consent is not obtained prior to Closing and as a result thereof the Buyer shall be prevented by such third party from receiving the
rights and benefits with respect to such Transferred Asset intended to be transferred hereunder, or if any attempted assignment would adversely affect the rights of the Seller thereunder so that the Buyer would not in fact receive all such rights or
the Seller would forfeit or otherwise lose the benefit of material rights that the Seller is entitled to retain, the Seller and the Buyer shall cooperate in any lawful 

  

 38 

 
and commercially reasonable arrangement, as the Seller and the Buyer shall agree, under which the Buyer would, to the extent practicable, obtain the economic
claims, rights and benefits under such asset and, to the extent the Buyer obtains such claims, rights and benefits, assume the economic burdens and obligations with respect thereto in accordance with this Agreement, including by subcontracting,
sublicensing or subleasing to the Buyer. The Seller shall promptly pay to the Buyer when received all monies received by the Seller under such Transferred Asset or any claim or right or any benefit arising thereunder and, to the extent the Buyer
obtains such claims, rights and benefits, the Buyer shall indemnify and promptly pay the Seller for all liabilities of the Seller associated with such Transferred Asset. 
 (c) Each of the Parties shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or
otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents as promptly as practicable, including to (i) obtain from Governmental Authorities and other Persons all consents, approvals, authorizations,
qualifications and orders as are necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including the Product Authorizations, and (ii) promptly make all necessary filings, and thereafter make any other
required submissions, with respect to this Agreement required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (to the extent necessary) or any other applicable Law. 
 (d) Each of the Parties shall promptly notify the other Party of any written communication it or any of its Affiliates receives from any Governmental
Authority relating to the matters that are the subject of this Agreement and permit the other Party to review in advance any proposed written communication by such Party to any Governmental Authority. Neither Party shall agree to participate in any
meeting with any Governmental Authority in respect of any filings, investigation or other inquiry unless it consults with the other Party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other Party the opportunity
to attend and participate at such meeting. Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, the Parties will coordinate and cooperate fully with each other in exchanging such information and providing such assistance as the other Party may reasonably
request in connection with the foregoing and in seeking early termination of any applicable waiting periods. Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, the Parties will provide each other with copies of all non-confidential correspondence, filings or
written communications between them or any of their Representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or members of its staff, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 (e) During the period prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain an estoppel agreement from each of the
landlords identified on Exhibit K in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer (the “Landlord Estoppels”); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such
efforts by the Seller shall not include any requirements of the Seller or any of its Affiliates to pay money to any third party (including any landlord). The Seller shall not have any liability whatsoever to the Buyer arising solely out of or
relating solely to the failure of the Seller to obtain any of the Landlord Estoppels. No representation, warranty or covenant of the Seller contained herein shall be breached or deemed breached, and no condition shall be deemed not satisfied, based
solely on (i) the failure to obtain any of the Landlord Estoppels, or (ii) any lawsuit, action, claim, 

  

 39 

 
proceeding or investigation commenced or threatened by or on behalf of any Person arising out of or relating to the failure to obtain any of the Landlord
Consents. 
 Section 5.9 Corporate Name. The Buyer acknowledges that, from and after the Closing Date, the Seller shall have the
absolute and exclusive proprietary right to all names, marks, trade names and trademarks (collectively “Names”) incorporating “EMS” by itself or in combination with any other Name, and that none of the rights thereto or
goodwill represented thereby or pertaining thereto are being transferred hereby or in connection herewith. The Buyer agrees that from and after the Closing Date it will not, nor will it permit any of its Affiliates (including EMS Brazil) to, use any
name, phrase or logo incorporating “EMS” in or on any of its literature, sales materials or products or otherwise in connection with the sale of any products or services; provided, however, that the Buyer may continue to use
any printed literature, sales materials, purchase orders and sales, maintenance or license agreements, and sell any products, that are included in the Inventory on the Closing Date and that bear a name, phrase or logo incorporating “EMS”
(as limited by any existing agreements the Seller may have with third parties) until the supplies thereof existing on the Closing Date have been exhausted, but in any event for not longer than 30 days from the Closing Date. With respect to the
printed purchase orders and sales, maintenance or license agreements referred to in the preceding sentence, from and after the Closing Date the Buyer shall sticker or otherwise mark such documents as necessary in order to indicate clearly that
neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates is a party to such documents. From and after the expiration of such 30 day period, the Buyer shall cease to use any such literature and sales materials, delete or cover (as by stickering) any such name,
phrase or logo from any item included in the Inventory that bears such name, phrase or logo and take such other actions as may be necessary or advisable to clearly and prominently indicate that neither the Buyer nor any of its Affiliates is
affiliated with the Seller or any of its Affiliates. 
 Section 5.10 Refunds and Remittances. After the Closing, (a) if the
Seller or any of its Affiliates receive any refund or other amount that is a Transferred Asset or is otherwise properly due and owing to the Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Seller promptly shall remit, or shall cause to be
remitted, such amount to the Buyer and (b) if the Buyer or any of its Affiliates receive any refund or other amount that is an Excluded Asset or is otherwise properly due and owing to the Seller or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, the Buyer promptly shall remit, or shall cause to be remitted, such amount to Seller. 
 Section 5.11 No
Solicitation. 
 (a) The Buyer will not, for a period of three years following the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of the
Seller, either alone or in conjunction with any other Person, directly or indirectly, or through its present or future Controlled Affiliates, hire any person who is an employee of the Seller or any of its Controlled Affiliates, solicit for hire
(other than a solicitation by general advertisement) any such person or solicit any such person to terminate his or her employment with the Seller or such Controlled Affiliate, except as expressly permitted or required by Section 5.6 of
this Agreement. The Seller will not, for a period of three years following the Closing Date, without the prior written consent of the Buyer, either alone or in conjunction with any other Person, directly or indirectly, or through its present or
future Controlled Affiliates, hire any person who is an employee of the Business, or solicit for hire 

  

 40 

 
(other than a solicitation by general advertisement) any such person or solicit any such person to terminate his or her employment with the Buyer or any of
its Controlled Affiliates. 
 (b) The Parties agree that any remedy at law for any breach by either of them of this Section 5.11
would be inadequate, and that the Buyer or the Seller, as the case may be, would be entitled to injunctive relief in such a case. If it is ever held that this restriction on the Parties is too onerous and is not necessary for the protection of
either of them, the Parties agree that any court of competent jurisdiction may impose such lesser restrictions which such court may consider to be necessary or appropriate properly to protect the Buyer or the Seller or EMS Brazil, as the case may
be. 
 Section 5.12 Agreement Not to Compete. 
 (a) The Seller understands that the Buyer shall be entitled to protect and preserve the going concern value of the Business to the extent permitted by Law and that the Buyer would not have entered into this Agreement
absent the provisions of this Section 5.12 and, therefore, for a period of three years from the Closing, the Seller shall not, and shall cause each of its Affiliates (which, for purposes of this Section 5.12(a), shall mean
only any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is Controlled by the Seller) not to, directly or indirectly, engage in any Restricted Activities. 
 (b) Section 5.12(a) shall be deemed not breached (i) solely as a result of the ownership by the Seller or any of its Affiliates of less
than an aggregate of 5% of any class of stock of a Person engaged, directly or indirectly, in Restricted Activities, or (ii) as a result of the Seller or any of its Affiliates acquiring directly or indirectly any diversified business having
less than thirty-five (35%) of its annual revenues (based on such business’s latest annual financial statements) attributable to Restricted Activities; provided, however, that the Seller is affirmatively taking actions to
divest such business and completes such divestiture within twelve (12) months following the closing of such acquisition. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that the remedy of indemnity payments pursuant to Article VIII and other remedies at law would be inadequate in the case of any breach of the covenants
contained in Section 5.12(a). The Buyer shall be entitled to equitable relief, including the remedy of specific performance, with respect to any breach or attempted breach of such covenants. 
 Section 5.13 Bulk Transfer Laws. The Buyer hereby waives compliance by the Seller with the provisions of any so-called “bulk transfer
laws” of any jurisdiction in connection with the sale of the Transferred Assets to the Buyer. 
 Section 5.14 Public
Announcements. On and after the date hereof and through the Closing Date, the Parties shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby, and no Party shall issue any press release or make any public statement prior to obtaining the other Party’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, except that no such approval shall be
necessary to the extent disclosure may be required by applicable Law or any listing agreement of either Party, in which case the Party 

  

 41 

 
required to make the release or announcement shall, to the extent practicable, allow the other Parties reasonable time to comment on such release or
announcement in advance of such issuance. 
 Section 5.15 SelectaCell Payments. 
 (a) In consideration for the Seller’s sale and assignment of the Transferred Assets and the other terms and conditions to be observed and performed
by the Seller as set forth in this Agreement, the Buyer will pay to the Seller a royalty payment (a “Royalty Payment”) equal to three percent (3%) of Net Sales of SelectaCell Products for a period commencing on the First
Commercial Sale of a SelectaCell Product and ending on December 31, 2010 (the “Royalty Period”); provided, however, that (i) the Buyer shall not have any obligation hereunder to make such a Royalty Payment
except to the extent that the Net Sales of Products during the Royalty Period equals or exceeds $40,000,000 (the “Target Amount”) (and only with respect to such excess); and (ii) if Net Sales of Products during the Royalty
Period equal or exceed the Target Amount, in addition to any Royalty Payments, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller an amount equal to $2,000,000 (the “Target SelectaCell Payment”) upon the aggregate amount of the Net Sales of
SelectaCell Products equaling or exceeding the Target Amount. 
 (b) The Initial SelectaCell Payment will be paid by the Buyer to the Seller
within 30 days of the Buyer achieving the Target Amount during the Royalty Period. Thereafter, Royalty Payments will be paid by the Buyer to the Seller within thirty days of the close of each calendar quarter during the term of the Royalty Period.
If the Buyer fails to make the Initial SelectaCell Payment or any Royalty Payment when due, such payments will accrue interest at the Agreed Rate. The Buyer will keep or cause to be kept accurate written records of the Net Sales of all SelectaCell
Products sold for so long as it is required to make any payments pursuant to this Section 5.15, and shall supply the Seller with a written summary thereof at the time of making the Initial SelectaCell Payment or any Royalty Payments. The
Seller will have the right to have an independent certified public accounting firm, reasonably acceptable to the Buyer, inspect the Buyer’s records relating to SelectaCell Products and the Initial SelectaCell Payment or any Royalty Payments
payable with respect thereto for a period of two years after the calendar year to which they pertain, during normal business hours and upon not less than 10 days’ advance notice to the Buyer. 
 Section 5.16 Authority to Collect Receivables. From and after the Closing, the Buyer shall have the right and authority to collect for its own
account all Receivables and other related items that are included in the Transferred Assets and to endorse with the name of the Seller any checks or drafts received with respect to any Receivables or such other related items. The Seller shall
promptly deliver to the Buyer any cash or other property received directly or indirectly by it with respect to the Receivables and such other related items. 
 Section 5.17 Product Warranties. 
 (a) Within 60 days after each of the first and the second
anniversaries of the Closing Date, the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller a statement of the Product Warranty Costs for the one-year period immediately preceding such anniversary and the Buyer’s calculation of Seller’s Product Warranty
Share, if any (the “Product Warranty Costs Schedule”) for such 

  

 42 

 
period. The Buyer shall provide the Seller with any information used in preparing the Product Warranty Costs Schedule as the Seller may reasonably request.
The Product Warranty Costs Schedule shall become final and binding on the 20th Business Day following delivery
thereof, unless prior to the end of such period, the Seller delivers to the Buyer written notice of its disagreement (the “Product Warranties Notice of Disagreement”) specifying the nature and amount of any disputed item.

 (b) If the Seller delivers a Product Warranties Notice of Disagreement to the Buyer pursuant to Section 5.17(a), then the
Parties shall resolve such disagreement in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.9(c), except “Product Warranties Notice of Disagreement” shall be substituted for the phrase “Notice of Disagreement”
and “Seller’s Product Warranty Share” shall be substituted for the phrase “Final Working Capital”. 
 (c) If the
amount of Seller’s Product Warranty Share as finally determined pursuant to this Section 5.17 is greater than zero, then the Seller shall pay to the Buyer, within five Business Days after the amount of Seller’s Product Warranty
Share becomes final and binding upon the Parties, the amount of Seller’s Product Warranty Share by wire transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars. 
 (d) From the Closing Date until the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Buyer shall furnish to the Seller in writing, within 20 days following the end of each quarter, such quarterly financial and operating
data and information as may reasonably be requested by the Seller relating to any Product Warranty Costs for each individual Significant Warranty Event. 
 Section 5.18 Product Authorizations. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar month beginning in the month after the Closing Date, the Seller shall pay to the Buyer an amount equal to (a) $5,000,
multiplied by (b) the number of days in such calendar month that the Product Authorizations described in Schedule 3.7 have not been obtained; provided, however, that the Seller shall have no obligation under this
Section 5.18 if the Buyer determines not to manufacture, market, distribute or sell the products that are the subject of such Product Authorizations for any reason other than the failure to obtain such Product Authorizations;
provided, further, that the obligation of the Seller under this Section 5.18 shall not exceed $900,000. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 TAX MATTERS 
 Section 6.1 Liability for Taxes. 
 (a) Each of the Buyer and the Seller shall bear and be responsible
for fifty percent (50%) of any payments of, or reimbursement to Buyer for, any sales Tax, use Tax, real property transfer or gains Tax, asset transfer Tax, documentary stamp Tax or similar Tax, and any recording and filing fees that are or may
be imposed by any government or political subdivision thereof, attributable to the sale or transfer of the Transferred Assets pursuant to this Agreement (collectively “Transfer Taxes”), notwithstanding the Party upon which such
Taxes or fees are actually imposed. 
  

 43 

 (b) All real property Taxes, personal property Taxes and similar ad valorem obligations levied with
respect to the Transferred Assets for a taxable period which includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date shall be apportioned between the Seller, on one hand, and the Buyer, on the other, based on the number of days of such taxable period
included in the portion of such taxable period before the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Tax Period”) and the number of days of such taxable period on and after the Closing Date (the “Post-Closing Tax Period”). The
Seller shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period (except to the extent that the liability for such Taxes was accrued as a current liability in the calculation of Final Net Working
Capital) and the Buyer shall be liable for the proportionate amount of such Taxes that is attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period (except to the extent that payment or accrual for such Taxes was accrued as a current asset in the calculation of
Final Net Working Capital). The Seller or the Buyer, as the case may be, shall provide reimbursement for any Tax paid by one Party all or a portion of which is the responsibility of the other Party in accordance with the terms of this
Section 6.1(b). Upon receipt of any bill or payment of any amount with respect to any such Taxes for which it is entitled to reimbursement under this Section 6.1(b), each of the Seller and the Buyer shall present a statement
to the other setting forth the amount of reimbursement to which each is entitled under this Section 6.1(b) together with such supporting evidence as is reasonably necessary to calculate the proration amount. The proration amount shall be
paid by the Party owing it to the other within 10 business days after delivery of such statement. 
 Section 6.2 Assistance and
Cooperation. After the Closing Date, each of the Seller and the Buyer shall (and cause their respective Affiliates to): 
 (a) assist the
other Party in preparing any Tax Returns relating to the Business and the Transferred Assets; 
 (b) cooperate fully in preparing for any
audits of, or disputes with taxing authorities regarding, any Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to the Business or the Transferred Assets or with respect to EMS Brazil; 
 (c) make available to the other and to any taxing authority as reasonably requested all information, records and documents relating to Taxes imposed with
respect to the Business, the Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities or EMS Brazil; 
 (d) provide timely notice to the other in
writing of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments relating to Taxes for which the other may have a liability under this Agreement; 
 (e) furnish the other with copies of all correspondence received from any taxing authority in connection with any Tax audit or information request with respect to any such Tax; 
 (f) timely sign and deliver such certificates or forms as may be necessary or appropriate to establish an exemption from (or otherwise reduce), or file
Tax Returns or other reports with respect to, Taxes described in Section 6.1(a) (relating to Transfer Taxes); and 
  

 44 

 (g) timely provide to the other Party powers of attorney or similar authorizations necessary to carry out
the purposes of this Article VI. 
 Section 6.3 Section 338(g) Election. The Seller acknowledges that the Buyer may make
an election under Section 338(g) of the Code and corresponding or similar elections under state, local or foreign tax law with respect to EMS Brazil. The Buyer shall provide the Seller with notice of any such election as required by the
Treasury Regulations under Section 338 of the Code. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING 
 Section 7.1 General Conditions. The respective
obligations of the Buyer and the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions, any of which may, to the extent permitted by
applicable Law, be waived in writing by either Party in its sole discretion (provided, that such waiver shall only be effective as to the obligations of such Party): 
 (a) No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) that is
then in effect and that enjoins, restrains, makes illegal or otherwise prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
 (b) All material consents of, or registrations, declarations or filings with, any Governmental Authority legally required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been
obtained or filed. 
 Section 7.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Seller. The obligations of the Seller to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Seller in its sole discretion: 
 (a) The representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in the Transaction Documents shall be true and correct both when made and as of the Closing
Date, or in the case of representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified date, except where the failure to be so true and correct would not,
individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The Buyer shall have performed in all material respects all
obligations and agreements and complied in all material respects with all covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing. The Seller shall have received from the Buyer a
certificate to the effect set forth in the preceding sentences, signed by a duly authorized officer thereof. 
 (b) The Seller shall have
received an executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements (other than the Transition Services Agreement), signed by each Party other than the Seller. 
  

 45 

 Section 7.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer. The obligations of the Buyer to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Buyer in its sole discretion: 
 (a) The representations and warranties of the Seller contained in the Transaction Documents qualified by materiality or by Material Adverse Effect shall
be true and correct, and those not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, both when made and as of the Closing Date, or in the case of representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such
representations and warranties qualified by materiality or by Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct, and those not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, as of such specified date. The Seller shall have
performed in all material respects all obligations and agreements and complied in all material respects with all covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing. The Buyer shall
have received from the Seller a certificate to the effect set forth in the preceding sentences, signed by a duly authorized officer thereof. 
 (b) The Buyer shall have received (i) an executed counterpart of each of the Ancillary Agreements, signed by each Party other than the Buyer and (ii) each of the items listed in Section 2.7(iii) through
(viii) hereof. 
 (c) There shall be not be pending or threatened any Action (i) challenging or seeking to restrain or prohibit the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) seeking to prohibit or limit the ownership or operation by the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries of any material assets of the Buyer (including the Business) or any of its
Subsidiaries, or to compel the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to dispose of or hold separate any material assets of the Buyer (including the Business) or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case as a result of the transactions contemplated by the
Transaction Documents, (iii) seeking to impose limitations on the ability of the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to acquire or hold, or exercise full rights of ownership of, the Transferred Assets or (iv) seeking to prohibit the Buyer or
any of its Subsidiaries from effectively controlling any material respect the Business. 
 (d) The Buyer shall have received from the Seller
a certificate of non-foreign status pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code. 
 (e) Each of the consents identified on Exhibit K
shall have been obtained, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Buyer. 
 (f) Each Product Authorization (other than any such
authorization described in Schedule 3.7) shall have been obtained. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 INDEMNIFICATION 
 Section 8.1
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Seller and the Buyer contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing for purposes of this Article VIII
as follows: (i) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1 (Organization and Qualification), 3.2  

  

 46 

 
(Authority), 3.3 (No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents), 3.4(a) (Transferred Assets), 3.5(d) (Financial Statements; No Undisclosed
Liabilities), 3.22 (Capitalization), 3.21 (Brokers), 4.1 (Organization and Qualification), 4.2 (Authority), 4.3 (No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents) and 4.5 (Brokers) (collectively, the
“Fundamental Representations”) and the covenants and agreements contained herein shall survive indefinitely; (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.14 (Taxes) shall survive until ninety
(90) days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitation; (iii) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.13 (Intellectual Property) shall survive for three years following the Closing; and
(iv) all other representations and warranties contained herein shall survive for eighteen months following the Closing. 
 Section 8.2
Indemnification by the Seller. If the Closing occurs, the Seller shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer and its Affiliates and the respective directors, stockholders, Representatives, successors and assigns of each of the
foregoing (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, claims, interest, awards, judgments, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (hereinafter collectively, “Losses”) to the extent arising out of or resulting from: 
 (a) any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Seller contained in this Agreement; 
 (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement by the Seller contained in this Agreement; 
 (c) any Excluded Liability; 
 (d) any
failure of the Target Working Capital Amount to be determined in accordance with the guidelines in Exhibit C; and 
 (e) the failure
to comply with the provisions of the so-called “bulk transfer laws” of any jurisdiction, if applicable. 
 Section 8.3
Indemnification by the Buyer. The Buyer shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its Affiliates and the respective directors, stockholders, Representatives, successors and assigns of each of the foregoing (collectively,
the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses to the extent arising out of or resulting from: 
 (a)
any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Buyer contained in this Agreement; 
 (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement by
the Buyer contained in this Agreement; and 
 (c) any Assumed Liability. 
  

 47 

 Section 8.4 Procedures. 
 (a) In order for a Buyer Indemnified Party or Seller Indemnified Party (the “Indemnified Party”) to be entitled to any indemnification
provided for under this Agreement in respect of, arising out of or involving a Loss or a claim or demand made by any Person against the Indemnified Party (a “Third Party Claim”), such Indemnified Party shall deliver notice thereof
to the party against whom indemnity is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after receipt by such Indemnified Party of written notice of the Third Party Claim, describing in reasonable detail the facts giving rise to any claim
for indemnification hereunder and the amount or method of computation of the amount of such claim (if known). Thereafter, the Indemnifying Party shall promptly provide such other information with respect thereto as the Indemnifying Party may
reasonably request. The failure to provide such notice, however, shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article VIII except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure. 

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnified Party assuming full responsibility for any Losses relating to
the claim (subject to the limitations in Section 8.5) within 30 days of receipt of notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of such Third Party Claim, to assume the defense thereof at the expense of the Indemnifying Party
with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and
to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that if the named parties in any such Third Party Claim include both the Indemnified
Party and the Indemnifying Party and representation of both Parties by the same counsel determined by qualified counsel to be inappropriate because one or more legal defenses available to such Indemnified Party is different from or additional to
those available to the Indemnifying Party and is reasonably expected to create a conflict of interest between them, then such Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any such Third Party Claim, and the Indemnifying
Party shall be responsible for the fees and disbursements of such counsel. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense and make available
to the Indemnifying Party all witnesses (on a mutually convenient basis), pertinent records, materials and information, in each case in the Indemnified Party’s possession or under the Indemnified Party’s control relating thereto as is
reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party. Whether or not the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, or offer to
settle, compromise or discharge, such Third Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, no
compromise or settlement of such Third Party Claim may be effected by the Indemnifying Party without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent unless (A) there is no finding or admission of any violation of applicable Law or any
violation of the rights of any Person; (B) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnifying Party; and (C) the Indemnified Party shall have no liability with respect to such compromise or settlement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim (and shall be liable for the fees and expenses of counsel 

  

 48 

 
incurred by the Indemnified Party in defending such Third Party Claim) if the Third Party Claim seeks an order, injunction or other equitable relief or
relief for other than money damages against the Indemnified Party. 
 (c) In the event any Indemnified Party should have a claim against any
Indemnifying Party hereunder that does not involve a Third Party Claim being asserted against or sought to be collected from such Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall deliver notice of such claim promptly to the Indemnifying Party,
describing in reasonable detail the facts giving rise to any claim for indemnification hereunder and the amount or method of computation of the amount of such claim (if known). Thereafter, the Indemnifying Party shall promptly provide such other
information with respect thereto as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request. The failure to provide such notice, however, shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Article VIII except to the extent
that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure. 
 (d) For purposes of determining the amount of any Excluded Liability described
in Section 2.4(j) in any case in which a Tax is assessed with respect to a taxable period that includes the Closing Date (but does not begin on that day) the Taxes, if any, attributable to the taxable period of EMS Brazil beginning
before and ending on or after the Closing Date shall be apportioned (i) to the Seller, for the amount of such Taxes that is attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, and (ii) to the Buyer, for the amount of such Taxes that is
attributable to the Post-Closing Tax Period. Any allocation of income or deductions required to determine any Taxes attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Post-Closing Tax Period shall be made (i) in the case of income Taxes or
Taxes based on or related to income or receipts or any sales or use Tax, by means of a closing of books and records of EMS Brazil as of the day preceding the Closing Date, provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an
annual basis (including, but not limited to, depreciation and amortization deductions) shall be allocated between the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Post-Closing Tax Period in proportion to the number of days in each such period, and (ii) in
the case of other Taxes, on a per diem basis. 
 Section 8.5 Limits on Indemnification. 
 (a) No claim may be asserted against either Party pursuant to Section 8.2(a) or 8.3(a) (other than with respect to any Fundamental
Representation), unless written notice of such claim is received by such Party in accordance with Section 8.4 on or prior to the date on which the representation or warranty on which such claim is based ceases to survive as set forth in
Section 8.1, in which case such representation or warranty shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved. No claim may be asserted against either Party under Sections 8.2(b) or 8.3(b) unless written
notice of such claim is received by such Party, describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such claim on or prior to the date that is 12 months following the date by which such covenant or
agreement is required to be performed, in which case such covenant or agreement shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement: (i) the Seller shall not be liable to any Buyer Indemnified Party for any claim for indemnification under Section 8.2(a)
unless and until the aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses that may be 

  

 49 

 
recovered from the Seller equals or exceeds $450,000, in which case the Seller shall be liable only for the Losses in excess of such amount; (ii) the
maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses which may be recovered by the Buyer Indemnified Parties under Section 8.2(a) (including, subject to clause (v) below, any Losses relating to any punitive, incidental, consequential,
special or indirect damages, including business interruption, loss of future revenue, profits or income, or loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to the breach or alleged breach of this Agreement) shall be an amount equal to
$11,440,000; (iii) the Seller shall not be obligated to indemnify any Buyer Indemnified Party with respect to any Loss to the extent that a specific accrual or reserve for the amount of such Loss was reflected on the Balance Sheet;
(iv) the Seller shall not be obligated to indemnify any Buyer Indemnified Party with respect to any Loss to the extent that a specific accrual or reserve for the amount of such Loss was included in the calculation of Final Working Capital (as
finally determined pursuant to Section 2.9); and (v) the maximum aggregate amount of indemnifiable Losses relating to any punitive, incidental, consequential, special or indirect damages, including business interruption, loss of
future revenue, profits or income, or loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to the breach or alleged breach of this Agreement shall be an amount equal to $5,720,000; provided, however, that clauses (i)-(iii) and
(v) of this Section 8.5(b) shall not apply to any claim for indemnification to the extent arising out of or resulting from any Excluded Liability or to the extent arising out of a breach of the representation and warranty in
Section 3.16(c) or any Fundamental Representation. 
 (c) For all purposes of this Article VIII, “Losses” shall
be net of any insurance or other recoveries received by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates (net of any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in obtaining such recoveries) in connection with the facts giving rise to
the right of indemnification. 
 (d) The Buyer and the Seller shall cooperate with each other with respect to resolving any claim or
liability with respect to which one Party is obligated to indemnify the other Party, including by making commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate or resolve any such claim or liability. In the event that the Buyer or the Seller shall fail to make
such commercially reasonably efforts to mitigate or resolve any claim or liability, then notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained herein, the other Party shall not be required to indemnify any Person for any loss, liability, claim,
damage or expense that would reasonably be expected to have been avoided if the Buyer or the Seller, as the case may be, had made such efforts. 
 Section 8.6 Exclusivity. Except as specifically set forth in any of the Transaction Documents, effective as of the Closing, in the absence of fraud or willful misconduct on the part of the Seller in connection with the negotiation,
execution or delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (to the extent determined by a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Buyer, on behalf of itself and the other Buyer Indemnified
Parties, waives any rights and claims any Buyer Indemnified Party may have against the Seller, whether in law or equity, relating to the Business, the Transferred Assets, the Assumed Liabilities and/or the transactions contemplated hereby. The
rights and claims waived by the Buyer Indemnified Parties include claims for contribution or other rights of recovery arising out of or relating to any Environmental Laws, claims for breach of contract, breach of representation or warranty, breach
of implied covenants, negligent misrepresentation and all other claims for breach of duty. After the Closing, subject to the foregoing and except as 

  

 50 

 
specifically set forth in any Transaction Document, this Article VIII will provide the exclusive remedy against the Seller for any breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or other claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 Section 8.7 Disclaimer of Implied Warranties. It is the explicit intent and understanding of each Party that neither Party or any of such Party’s Affiliates or Representatives is making any representation or warranty whatsoever
(including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness), oral or written, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Business, the Transferred Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, except as expressly
set forth in any of the Transaction Documents, and neither Party is relying on any statement, representation or warranty, oral or written, express or implied, made by the other Party or such other Party’s Affiliates or Representatives, except
for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in any of the Transaction Documents. 
 Section 8.8 Adjustment to Purchase
Price. Each of the Buyer and the Seller agrees to report any indemnification payment pursuant to this Article VIII as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for federal income tax purposes. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 TERMINATION

 Section 9.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing: 
 (a) by mutual written consent of the Buyer and the Seller; 
 (b) (i) by the Seller, if the Buyer breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained in any of the Transaction Documents and such breach or failure to
perform (A) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.2, (B) cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days following delivery of written notice of such breach or failure to perform and (C) has
not been waived by the Seller or (ii) by the Buyer, if the Seller breaches or fails to perform in any material respect any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained in any of the Transaction Documents and such breach or failure
to perform (x) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 7.3, (y) cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days following delivery of written notice of such breach or failure to perform and
(z) has not been waived by the Buyer; 
 (c) (i) by the Seller, if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or
Section 7.2 shall have become incapable of fulfillment prior to November 30, 2006 or (ii) by the Buyer, if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or Section 7.3 shall have become incapable of
fulfillment prior to November 30, 2006; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) shall not be available if the failure of the Party so requesting termination to
fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of the failure of such condition to be satisfied on or prior to such date; 
 (d) by either the Seller or the Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred by November 30, 2006 (the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this
Section 9.1(d) shall not be available if the failure of the Party so requesting 

  

 51 

 
termination to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date; or

 (e) by either the Seller or the Buyer in the event that any Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken
any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided, however, that the
Party so requesting termination shall have complied with Section 5.8(c). 
 The Party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this
Section 9.1 (other than Section 9.1(a)) shall give prompt written notice of such termination to the other Party. 
 Section 9.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of either Party except
(a) for the provisions of Sections 3.21 and 4.5 relating to broker’s fees and finder’s fees, Section 5.7 relating to confidentiality, Section 5.14 relating to public announcements,
Section 10.1 relating to fees and expenses, Section 10.4 relating to notices, Section 10.6 relating to third-party beneficiaries, Section 10.7 relating to governing Law, Section 10.8
relating to submission to jurisdiction and this Section 9.2 and (b) that nothing herein shall relieve either Party from liability for any breach of this Agreement or any agreement made as of the date hereof or subsequent thereto
pursuant to this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE X 
 GENERAL PROVISIONS 
 Section 10.1 Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with or related to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not such transactions are
consummated. In the event of termination of this Agreement, the obligation of each Party to pay its own expenses will be subject to any rights of such Party arising from a breach of this Agreement by the other. 
 Section 10.2 Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented in any manner, whether by course of conduct
or otherwise, except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each Party and otherwise as expressly set forth in this Agreement. 
 Section 10.3 Waiver. No failure or delay of either Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any
abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, or any course of conduct, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Parties are cumulative and
are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have under this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of either Party to any such waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument executed and delivered by a duly
authorized officer on behalf of such Party. 
  

 52 

 Section 10.4 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be deemed duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or if by facsimile, upon written confirmation of receipt by facsimile, e-mail or otherwise, (b) on the first Business Day following the date of
dispatch if delivered utilizing a next-day service by a recognized next-day courier or (c) on the earlier of confirmed receipt or the fifth Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid. All notices under this Agreement shall be delivered to the addresses set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice: 
  

	 	(a)	if to the Seller, to: 

 EMS Technologies, Inc.

 660 Engineering Drive 
 Norcross, Georgia 30092 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Facsimile: (770) 447-4397 
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 
 King & Spalding LLP 
 1180
Peachtree Street 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30309 
 Attention: Raymond E. Baltz, Jr. 
 Facsimile: (404) 572-5100 
  

	 	(b)	if to the Buyer, to: 

 Andrew Corporation 
 3 Westbrook Corporate Center 
 Westchester,
Illinois 60154 
 Attention: Justin Choi 
 Facsimile: (708) 492-3732 
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 
 Sidley Austin LLP 
 787 Seventh Avenue

 New York, New York 10019 
 Attention: Irving L. Rotter 
 Facsimile: (212) 839-5599 
 Section 10.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules), the Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement
constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior written agreements, arrangements, communications and 

  

 53 

 
understandings and all prior and contemporaneous oral agreements, arrangements, communications and understandings among the Parties with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement. Neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed to contain or imply any restriction, covenant, representation, warranty, agreement or undertaking of any Party with respect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or by the Ancillary Agreements other than those expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents, and none shall be deemed to exist or be inferred with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement or the Ancillary
Agreements. 
 Section 10.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall
confer upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature under or by reason of this Agreement, except as provided in Article VIII.

 Section 10.7 Governing Law. This Agreement and all disputes or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal Laws of the State of New York, without regard to the Laws of any other jurisdiction that might be applied because of the conflicts of
Laws principles of the State of New York. 
 Section 10.8 Dispute Resolution. Any and all disputes between the Parties with respect to
any claim or matter arising out of this Agreement that the Parties are unable to resolve after the exercise of reasonable efforts to resolve them informally, shall be resolved by binding arbitration proceedings and such dispute shall be resolved and
settled by arbitration before a single arbitrator pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U. S. C. Section 1 et seq.) in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and following the
laws of the State of New York. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof in the State of New York. The Parties agree that
the arbitrator shall not be authorized to award punitive damages. The arbitration shall take place in the city of New York, New York and the expenses of the arbitration shall be paid by the losing Party. The Parties acknowledge that this
provision concerning arbitration and in particular the place of arbitration is a vital part of this Agreement upon which the Parties have relied in entering into this Agreement. 
 Section 10.9 Disclosure Generally. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Schedules or in this Agreement, the
information and disclosures contained in any Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated by reference in any other Disclosure Schedule as though fully set forth in such Disclosure Schedule for which applicability of such
information and disclosure is readily apparent on its face. The fact that any item of information is disclosed in any Disclosure Schedule shall not be construed to mean that such information is required to be disclosed by this Agreement. Such
information and the dollar thresholds set forth in this Agreement shall not be used as a basis for interpreting the terms “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar terms in this Agreement. 
 Section 10.10 Personal Liability. This Agreement shall not create or be deemed to create or permit any personal liability or obligation on the
part of any direct or indirect stockholder of 

  

 54 

 
the Seller or the Buyer or any officer, director, employee, Representative or investor of either the Buyer or the Seller. 
 Section 10.11 Assignment; Successors. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned
or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties, and any such assignment without such prior written consent shall be null and void; provided,
however, that the Buyer may, at any time prior to the Closing, assign to any Affiliate of the Buyer the Buyer’s right to purchase the Quotas without the consent of the Seller; provided, further, that any such assignment of
such right by the Buyer shall not relieve the Buyer of any of its obligations hereunder, including with respect to the Quotas. 
 Section
10.12 Enforcement. The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of the
Parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms of this Agreement, including an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any federal
court sitting in the City of New York, New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each of the Parties further hereby waives (a) any defense in any action for specific performance that a
remedy at law would be adequate and (b) any requirement under any Law to post security as a prerequisite to obtaining equitable relief. 
 Section 10.13 No Presumption Against Drafting Party. Each of the Buyer and the Seller acknowledges that each Party has been represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Accordingly, any rule of Law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the drafting Party has no application and is expressly waived. 
 Section 10.14 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as
to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable
provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein. 
 Section 10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO
THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. 
 Section 10.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same
instrument and shall become 

  

 55 

 
effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party. 
 Section 10.17 Facsimile Signature. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and a facsimile signature shall constitute an original
for all purposes. 
 Section 10.18 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with regard to all dates and time periods set forth or
referred to in this Agreement. 
 Section 10.19 Exchange Rate. Any amounts under this Agreement that need to be converted from U.S.
Dollars into Brazilian Reais, or vice-versa, shall be converted by the exchange rate PTAX 800 for purchase published by the Central Bank of Brazil on the second Business Day prior to the relevant date of conversion. 
 [The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.] 
  

 56 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller and the Buyer have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the
date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized. 
  

			
	ANDREW CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John DeSana

	Name:	 	John DeSana
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President &
		 	Group President
	
	EMS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Paul B. Dormorski

	Name:	 	Paul B. Dormorski
	Title:	 	CEO/President, EMS Technologies

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00114-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00114-of-00352.parquet"}]]